Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Analysis

323 missions · 182 completed

Missions

Open141Completed182All323
Partial Differential EquationsProbability·Captain: Lucas

Hairer: A Theory of Regularity Structures I — The Reconstruction TheoremResearch Paper

Motivation

Several equations of mathematical physics are written down formally but have no classical meaning as stated. The dynamical Φ34\Phi^4_3Φ34​ model ∂tu=Δu−u3+ξ\partial_t u = \Delta u - u^3 + \xi∂t​u=Δu−u3+ξ on the three-dimensional torus, the KPZ equation ∂th=∂x2h+(∂xh)2−∞+ξ\partial_t h = \partial_x^2 h + (\partial_x h)^2 - \infty + \xi∂t​h=∂x2​h+(∂x​h)2−∞+ξ, and the parabolic Anderson model ∂tu=Δu+u ξ\partial_t u = \Delta u + u\,\xi∂t​u=Δu+uξ all require multiplying a distribution of negative regularity by itself, an operation that Schwartz distribution theory does not provide. Martin Hairer's A theory of regularity structures (Invent. Math. 198 (2014) 269–504, arXiv:1303.5113) develops a calculus in which such products, and the resulting fixed-point problems, become well posed.

The line of work leading to it is short and well documented: rough path theory (Lyons, 1998) solved the analogous problem for controlled ordinary differential equations driven by irregular signals; Gubinelli's controlled paths (2004) and branched rough paths (2010) reorganised it around local expansions; Hairer's theory extends that idea from paths to fields on Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd with anisotropic (e.g. parabolic) scaling. Paracontrolled distributions (Gubinelli–Imkeller–Perkowski, 2015) give an alternative route to some of the same equations. The algebraic and probabilistic infrastructure around regularity structures has since been systematised (Bruned–Hairer–Zambotti, 2019; Chandra–Hairer, 2016), but the analytic core is still the 2014 paper.

Setting

Fix a dimension ddd and a scaling s=(s1,…,sd)s = (s_1,\dots,s_d)s=(s1​,…,sd​) of positive integers, with ∣s∣=∑isi|s| = \sum_i s_i∣s∣=∑i​si​, and put ∥x∥s=max⁡i∣xi∣1/si\|x\|_s = \max_i |x_i|^{1/s_i}∥x∥s​=maxi​∣xi​∣1/si​. For δ>0\delta > 0δ>0, a point x∈Rdx \in \mathbb{R}^dx∈Rd and a test function φ\varphiφ, the rescaled test function is

(Ss,xδφ)(y)=δ−∣s∣ φ ⁣(y1−x1δs1,…,yd−xdδsd).(S^{\delta}_{s,x}\varphi)(y) = \delta^{-|s|}\,\varphi\!\left(\frac{y_1-x_1}{\delta^{s_1}},\dots,\frac{y_d-x_d}{\delta^{s_d}}\right).(Ss,xδ​φ)(y)=δ−∣s∣φ(δs1​y1​−x1​​,…,δsd​yd​−xd​​).

Write Bs,0r\mathcal{B}^r_{s,0}Bs,0r​ for the set of test functions supported in {∥y∥s≤1}\{\|y\|_s \le 1\}{∥y∥s​≤1} whose derivatives up to order rrr are bounded by 111. For α<0\alpha<0α<0, a distribution ξ\xiξ belongs to the Hölder–Besov space Csα\mathcal{C}^\alpha_sCsα​ if, on every compact set KKK, ∣⟨ξ,Ss,xδη⟩∣≤Cδα|\langle \xi, S^{\delta}_{s,x}\eta\rangle| \le C\delta^{\alpha}∣⟨ξ,Ss,xδ​η⟩∣≤Cδα uniformly over x∈Kx\in Kx∈K, δ∈(0,1]\delta \in (0,1]δ∈(0,1] and η∈Bs,0r\eta \in \mathcal{B}^r_{s,0}η∈Bs,0r​ with r=−⌊α⌋r=-\lfloor\alpha\rfloorr=−⌊α⌋.

A regularity structure (A,T,G)(A,T,G)(A,T,G) consists of an index set A⊆RA \subseteq \mathbb{R}A⊆R containing 000, bounded below and locally finite; a graded vector space T=⨁α∈ATαT = \bigoplus_{\alpha\in A} T_\alphaT=⨁α∈A​Tα​ with T0≅RT_0 \cong \mathbb{R}T0​≅R spanned by a unit 1\mathbf{1}1; and a group GGG of linear operators on TTT with Γa−a∈⨁β<αTβ\Gamma a - a \in \bigoplus_{\beta<\alpha}T_\betaΓa−a∈⨁β<α​Tβ​ for a∈Tαa \in T_\alphaa∈Tα​, and Γ1=1\Gamma\mathbf{1} = \mathbf{1}Γ1=1. Elements of TαT_\alphaTα​ are "homogeneous of order α\alphaα": they are placeholders for objects whose size at scale ε\varepsilonε is εα\varepsilon^{\alpha}εα.

A model (Π,Γ)(\Pi,\Gamma)(Π,Γ) assigns to each point xxx a linear map Πx:T→D′(Rd)\Pi_x : T \to \mathcal{D}'(\mathbb{R}^d)Πx​:T→D′(Rd) and to each pair (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) an element Γxy∈G\Gamma_{xy}\in GΓxy​∈G, subject to Γxx=id\Gamma_{xx}=\mathrm{id}Γxx​=id, ΓxyΓyz=Γxz\Gamma_{xy}\Gamma_{yz}=\Gamma_{xz}Γxy​Γyz​=Γxz​, Πy=Πx∘Γxy\Pi_y = \Pi_x\circ\Gamma_{xy}Πy​=Πx​∘Γxy​ and, locally uniformly, the analytic bounds

∣(Πxa)(Ss,xδφ)∣≲∥a∥ℓ δℓ,∥Γxya∥m≲∥a∥ℓ ∥x−y∥sℓ−m,a∈Tℓ,  m<ℓ.|(\Pi_x a)(S^{\delta}_{s,x}\varphi)| \lesssim \|a\|_\ell\,\delta^{\ell}, \qquad \|\Gamma_{xy}a\|_m \lesssim \|a\|_\ell\,\|x-y\|_s^{\ell-m}, \qquad a \in T_\ell,\; m<\ell.∣(Πx​a)(Ss,xδ​φ)∣≲∥a∥ℓ​δℓ,∥Γxy​a∥m​≲∥a∥ℓ​∥x−y∥sℓ−m​,a∈Tℓ​,m<ℓ.

A modelled distribution of order γ\gammaγ is a function f:Rd→T<γf : \mathbb{R}^d \to T_{<\gamma}f:Rd→T<γ​ such that on every compact KKK

∣∣∣f∣∣∣γ;K=sup⁡x∈K, β<γ∥f(x)∥β+sup⁡x,y∈K, ∥x−y∥s≤1β<γ∥f(x)−Γxyf(y)∥β∥x−y∥sγ−β<∞;|||f|||_{\gamma;K} = \sup_{x\in K,\ \beta<\gamma}\|f(x)\|_\beta + \sup_{\substack{x,y \in K,\ \|x-y\|_s\le 1 \\ \beta<\gamma}} \frac{\|f(x)-\Gamma_{xy}f(y)\|_\beta}{\|x-y\|_s^{\gamma-\beta}} < \infty;∣∣∣f∣∣∣γ;K​=x∈K, β<γsup​∥f(x)∥β​+x,y∈K, ∥x−y∥s​≤1β<γ​sup​∥x−y∥sγ−β​∥f(x)−Γxy​f(y)∥β​​<∞;

the space of these is Dγ\mathcal{D}^\gammaDγ, and Dγ(V)\mathcal{D}^\gamma(V)Dγ(V) if fff takes values in a sector VVV, that is, a graded GGG-invariant subspace vanishing in degrees below its regularity.

Formalization targets

Goal — reconstruction theorem, Theorem 3.10 for γ>0\gamma>0γ>0

With α=min⁡A<0\alpha = \min A < 0α=minA<0 and rrr the order attached to AAA, for every f∈Dγf \in \mathcal{D}^\gammaf∈Dγ with γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 there is a unique distribution Rf∈Csα\mathcal{R}f \in \mathcal{C}^\alpha_sRf∈Csα​ with

∣(Rf−Πxf(x))(Ss,xδη)∣≲δγ(x∈K, δ∈(0,1], η∈Bs,0r).\big|(\mathcal{R}f - \Pi_x f(x))(S^{\delta}_{s,x}\eta)\big| \lesssim \delta^{\gamma} \qquad (x \in K,\ \delta\in(0,1],\ \eta\in\mathcal{B}^r_{s,0}).​(Rf−Πx​f(x))(Ss,xδ​η)​≲δγ(x∈K, δ∈(0,1], η∈Bs,0r​).

The statement asserts only the shape of the estimate — a constant per compact set — and so is insensitive to any later sharpening of constants.

Milestone level — the calculus around the reconstruction operator

The uniqueness clause of Theorem 3.10 in isolation; the existence of a linear reconstruction operator for arbitrary γ∈R\gamma \in \mathbb{R}γ∈R (for γ≤0\gamma\le 0γ≤0 the bound no longer pins it down); Corollary 3.16, improving the regularity of Rf\mathcal{R}fRf to Csβ\mathcal{C}^\beta_sCsβ​ when fff takes values in a sector of regularity β\betaβ; Proposition 3.31, that for ν>0\nu>0ν>0 the action of Π\PiΠ on TνT_\nuTν​ is determined by Γ\GammaΓ and by Π\PiΠ in lower homogeneities; and Theorem 4.7, that the truncated pointwise product of f1∈Dγ1(V)f_1 \in \mathcal{D}^{\gamma_1}(V)f1​∈Dγ1​(V) and f2∈Dγ2(W)f_2\in\mathcal{D}^{\gamma_2}(W)f2​∈Dγ2​(W) lies in Dγ\mathcal{D}^{\gamma}Dγ with γ=(γ1+α2)∧(γ2+α1)\gamma = (\gamma_1+\alpha_2)\wedge(\gamma_2+\alpha_1)γ=(γ1​+α2​)∧(γ2​+α1​).

Significance

The reconstruction theorem is what turns a book-keeping device into analysis: it says that a coherent family of local expansions, indexed by base point, glues to a single genuine distribution, with an error controlled by the order of the expansion. Every subsequent operation in the theory — multiplication (Theorem 4.7), composition with smooth functions (Theorem 4.16), the multi-level Schauder estimate (Theorem 5.12), and the fixed-point theorem for singular SPDEs (Theorem 7.8) — is stated and used through it. Without it, the abstract spaces Dγ\mathcal{D}^\gammaDγ carry no information about actual distributions.

Regularity structures are not currently available in Mathlib, and neither are the anisotropic Hölder–Besov spaces Csα\mathcal{C}^\alpha_sCsα​ that the theory is phrased in. The result itself is proved in the literature; the work this mission asks for is a machine-checked proof of the known argument, together with the reusable definitions it needs. The formal development is a prerequisite for anything downstream — Schauder estimates, the fixed-point theory, or the Φ34\Phi^4_3Φ34​ and PAM convergence results of §10 — which are natural follow-on missions rather than part of this one.

Difficulty

The naive construction fails: setting Rf:=Πxf(x)\mathcal{R}f := \Pi_x f(x)Rf:=Πx​f(x) for a fixed xxx is wrong away from xxx, and the pointwise limit lim⁡δ→0\lim_{\delta\to0}limδ→0​ of localisations of Πxf(x)\Pi_x f(x)Πx​f(x) around each xxx does not obviously exist, because the objects being glued are distributions of negative order, not functions, so there is no value to take and no partition-of-unity argument that respects the scaling. Hairer's proof goes through a wavelet multiresolution analysis adapted to the scaling sss: one defines the candidate on each dyadic level by pairing with wavelets centred at grid points, and shows the resulting sequence is Cauchy using the Dγ\mathcal{D}^\gammaDγ bound level by level. A formalization therefore needs either a scaled wavelet basis with Daubechies-type regularity (Theorem 3.17 in the paper) or a substitute for it; this, and the uniform-in-scale bookkeeping, is where the effort lies. Uniqueness for γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 is by contrast short, and is listed as a separate milestone.

Formalization scope

The development commits to the following conventions, fixed in the mission's definition files. Points of Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd are Fin d → ℝ. Test functions are smooth and compactly supported, forming a submodule of all real-valued functions, and a distribution is a linear functional on that submodule; the pairing is extended by 000 to non-test functions, and a lemma in the definition file certifies that rescaling maps test functions to test functions, so no statement is vacuous for that reason. Hairer's Bs,0r\mathcal{B}^r_{s,0}Bs,0r​ consists of CrC^rCr functions; here it consists of smooth ones, which defines the same spaces Csα\mathcal{C}^\alpha_sCsα​. The model space is the algebraic direct sum ⨁a∈ATa\bigoplus_{a\in A} T_a⨁a∈A​Ta​ over the index set, each TaT_aTa​ a real normed space, with QaQ_aQa​ the corresponding projection; the structure group is a subgroup of the linear automorphisms of that direct sum. Sectors are families of subspaces Va⊆TaV_a \subseteq T_aVa​⊆Ta​; Hairer's requirement that each VaV_aVa​ admit a complement is automatic in this algebraic setting. The integer rrr appearing in the model bounds is the smallest one with ℓ>−r\ell > -rℓ>−r for all ℓ∈A\ell \in Aℓ∈A, which is part of the definition of a model rather than a free parameter. All statements quantify over an arbitrary regularity structure, an arbitrary model, and an arbitrary compact set, so they are not satisfiable by a degenerate choice; the goal in particular claims existence, membership in Csα\mathcal{C}^\alpha_sCsα​, and uniqueness simultaneously.

Infrastructure that a complete proof will need, and which is reusable beyond this mission: scaled wavelet bases on Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd, the elementary theory of Csα\mathcal{C}^\alpha_sCsα​ (including the positive-regularity case), and basic operations on compactly supported test functions under anisotropic rescaling. Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome, as are reductions that decompose the goal into wavelet-level estimates.

Selected references

  • M. Hairer, A theory of regularity structures, Inventiones Mathematicae 198 (2014) 269–504. arXiv:1303.5113, DOI:10.1007/s00222-014-0505-4
  • T. Lyons, Differential equations driven by rough signals, Revista Matemática Iberoamericana 14 (1998) 215–310. DOI:10.4171/RMI/240
  • M. Gubinelli, Controlling rough paths, Journal of Functional Analysis 216 (2004) 86–140. arXiv:math/0306433
  • M. Gubinelli, P. Imkeller, N. Perkowski, Paracontrolled distributions and singular PDEs, Forum of Mathematics Pi 3 (2015) e6. arXiv:1210.2684
  • Y. Bruned, M. Hairer, L. Zambotti, Algebraic renormalisation of regularity structures, Inventiones Mathematicae 215 (2019) 1039–1156. arXiv:1610.08468
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Captain: Lucas

Rudin PMA III: Numerical Sequences and SeriesTextbook

Motivation

Chapter 3 of Walter Rudin's Principles of Mathematical Analysis (3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, 1976) develops the theory of convergence for sequences and series of numbers: subsequential limits and upper limits, the Cauchy criterion, the comparison, root and ratio tests, power series, summation by parts, and products of series. Its final section answers a question that distinguishes analysis from algebra: an infinite sum is not a sum. For a series that converges only conditionally, the value of the sum depends on the order of the terms, and Riemann's rearrangement theorem (Theorem 3.54) makes the dependence total — by reordering the terms one can prescribe any pair of limit inferior and limit superior for the partial sums, including divergence to ±∞\pm\infty±∞.

This mission is the third in a series formalizing Rudin Chapters 1–11. It uses the real and complex number systems of Mission I and the compactness results of Mission II, and it supplies the convergence machinery used by Missions VII and VIII.

Setting

A series ∑an\sum a_n∑an​ is the sequence of partial sums sn=a0+a1+⋯+an−1s_n = a_0 + a_1 + \dots + a_{n-1}sn​=a0​+a1​+⋯+an−1​; the series converges to sss when sn→ss_n \to ssn​→s, and converges absolutely when ∑∥an∥\sum \|a_n\|∑∥an​∥ converges. The upper limit of a real sequence is s∗=lim sup⁡nsns^{*} = \limsup_{n} s_ns∗=limsupn​sn​, taken in the extended real number system [−∞,+∞][-\infty, +\infty][−∞,+∞], and a subsequential limit is a limit of a subsequence there. A rearrangement of ∑an\sum a_n∑an​ is a series ∑aσ(n)\sum a_{\sigma(n)}∑aσ(n)​ with σ\sigmaσ a bijection of the index set onto itself.

The distinction that drives the chapter: for real or complex terms, absolute convergence is equivalent to convergence of ∑aσ(n)\sum a_{\sigma(n)}∑aσ(n)​ for every σ\sigmaσ, to the same sum (Theorem 3.55), whereas mere convergence is not.

Formalization targets

Goal — Riemann's rearrangement theorem (Theorem 3.54)

Let ∑an\sum a_n∑an​ be a series of real numbers which converges but not absolutely, and let −∞≤α≤β≤+∞-\infty \le \alpha \le \beta \le +\infty−∞≤α≤β≤+∞. Then there is a rearrangement ∑aσ(n)\sum a_{\sigma(n)}∑aσ(n)​ with partial sums sn′s_n'sn′​ such that

lim inf⁡n→∞sn′=α,lim sup⁡n→∞sn′=β.\liminf_{n \to \infty} s_n' = \alpha, \qquad \limsup_{n \to \infty} s_n' = \beta .n→∞liminf​sn′​=α,n→∞limsup​sn′​=β.

Milestones

s∗ is a subsequential limit, and x>s∗⇒sn<x eventually; s∗ is unique with these properties(3.17)s^{*} \text{ is a subsequential limit, and } x > s^{*} \Rightarrow s_n < x \text{ eventually; } s^{*} \text{ is unique with these properties} \qquad (3.17)s∗ is a subsequential limit, and x>s∗⇒sn​<x eventually; s∗ is unique with these properties(3.17) ∑an converges  ⟺  ∀ε>0 ∃N ∀m≥n≥N, ∣∑k=nmak∣≤ε(3.22)\textstyle\sum a_n \text{ converges} \iff \forall \varepsilon>0\ \exists N\ \forall m \ge n \ge N,\ \big|\sum_{k=n}^{m} a_k\big| \le \varepsilon \qquad (3.22)∑an​ converges⟺∀ε>0 ∃N ∀m≥n≥N, ​∑k=nm​ak​​≤ε(3.22) ∑n≥0xn=11−x (0≤x<1), divergence for x≥1(3.26)\textstyle\sum_{n\ge 0} x^n = \tfrac{1}{1-x}\ (0 \le x < 1), \text{ divergence for } x \ge 1 \qquad (3.26)∑n≥0​xn=1−x1​ (0≤x<1), divergence for x≥1(3.26) ∑n−p converges  ⟺  p>1(3.28)\textstyle\sum n^{-p} \text{ converges} \iff p > 1 \qquad (3.28)∑n−p converges⟺p>1(3.28) e=∑1/n!=lim⁡n(1+1/n)n(3.30, 3.31)e = \textstyle\sum 1/n! = \lim_n (1 + 1/n)^n \qquad (3.30,\ 3.31)e=∑1/n!=limn​(1+1/n)n(3.30, 3.31) α=lim sup⁡∥an∥1/n<1⇒convergence, α>1⇒divergence(3.33)\alpha = \limsup \|a_n\|^{1/n} < 1 \Rightarrow \text{convergence}, \ \alpha > 1 \Rightarrow \text{divergence} \qquad (3.33)α=limsup∥an​∥1/n<1⇒convergence, α>1⇒divergence(3.33) ratio test(3.34)\text{ratio test} \qquad (3.34)ratio test(3.34) radius of convergence of ∑cnzn(3.39)\text{radius of convergence of } \textstyle\sum c_n z^n \qquad (3.39)radius of convergence of ∑cn​zn(3.39) bounded partial sums+bn↓0⇒∑anbn converges(3.42)\text{bounded partial sums} + b_n \downarrow 0 \Rightarrow \textstyle\sum a_n b_n \text{ converges} \qquad (3.42)bounded partial sums+bn​↓0⇒∑an​bn​ converges(3.42) absolute convergence⇒convergence(3.45)\text{absolute convergence} \Rightarrow \text{convergence} \qquad (3.45)absolute convergence⇒convergence(3.45) Cauchy product: ∑cn=AB when ∑an converges absolutely(3.50)\text{Cauchy product: } \textstyle\sum c_n = AB \text{ when } \sum a_n \text{ converges absolutely} \qquad (3.50)Cauchy product: ∑cn​=AB when ∑an​ converges absolutely(3.50)

Significance

The rearrangement theorem is the precise statement of why conditional convergence must be handled with care, and it is the reason later chapters insist on uniform or absolute hypotheses before interchanging limit operations: Theorem 3.50 (Mertens) needs absolute convergence of one factor, and the Fourier and Lebesgue theories of Chapters 8 and 11 are built on L2L^2L2 and L1L^1L1 convergence rather than pointwise summation. The supporting milestones are the standard convergence tests, which are used constantly in the rest of the book, and the characterization of lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup, which is the tool that makes the root test and the radius of convergence formula precise.

Mathlib's Summable/HasSum express unconditional summability, which over R\mathbb{R}R and C\mathbb{C}C is equivalent to absolute convergence. The conditionally convergent series that this chapter is about are therefore invisible to that API, and the mission works with partial sums directly. Some of the classical tests exist in Mathlib in Summable form and will need restating; the rearrangement theorem itself has to be built.

Difficulty

The goal theorem is a construction, not an estimate: one splits ana_nan​ into its positive and negative parts pn,qnp_n, q_npn​,qn​, observes that ∑pn\sum p_n∑pn​ and ∑qn\sum q_n∑qn​ both diverge while pn,qn→0p_n, q_n \to 0pn​,qn​→0, and then alternately draws blocks of positive and negative terms to overshoot targets βm→β\beta_m \to \betaβm​→β and undershoot targets αm→α\alpha_m \to \alphaαm​→α. Formalizing the alternating greedy construction requires defining the permutation recursively together with the invariant that every index is eventually used — the bookkeeping, not the analysis, is the hard part. The endpoint cases α=−∞\alpha = -\inftyα=−∞ or β=+∞\beta = +\inftyβ=+∞ must be carried through the same construction rather than treated separately.

Formalization scope

Conventions fixed by this mission:

  • Series convergence is Rudin.SeriesConvergesTo / Rudin.SeriesConverges, defined through Rudin.partialSum a n = ∑_{i<n} a i. Absolute convergence is Rudin.SeriesConvergesAbsolutely. Mathlib's Summable is deliberately not used, since it would collapse the distinction the chapter is about.
  • Upper and lower limits are taken in EReal via Filter.limsup/Filter.liminf, so ±∞\pm\infty±∞ are allowed as values of α\alphaα and β\betaβ in the goal.
  • Rearrangements are Equiv.Perm ℕ, and the rearranged series is fun k => a (σ k).
  • Series with complex terms are used where Rudin allows complex terms (3.22, 3.33, 3.34, 3.39, 3.42, 3.45, 3.50); the goal is about real series, as in the book.
  • The radius-of-convergence milestone is stated as α‖z‖ < 1 and α‖z‖ > 1 rather than ‖z‖ < 1/α, to avoid inversion in EReal.

The goal is not vacuous: conditionally convergent series exist (the alternating harmonic series), so the hypotheses are satisfiable, and the conclusion fixes both limit points exactly rather than merely bounding them.

Selected references

  • Walter Rudin, Principles of Mathematical Analysis, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, 1976, Chapter 3 (pp. 47–78).
  • Bernhard Riemann, Über die Darstellbarkeit einer Function durch eine trigonometrische Reihe, Abhandlungen der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen 13 (1867), Section 3.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Topology·Captain: Lucas

Rudin PMA II: Basic TopologyTextbook

Motivation

Convergence, continuity and integration are all statements about nearness, and Chapter 2 of Walter Rudin's Principles of Mathematical Analysis (3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, 1976) isolates the amount of structure needed to talk about nearness: a metric. The chapter's payoff is a single theorem, Heine–Borel (Theorem 2.41), which says that in Rk\mathbb{R}^kRk — and, as the chapter's examples show, only in spaces resembling it — three very different-looking finiteness conditions coincide: being closed and bounded, admitting finite subcovers, and forcing every infinite subset to accumulate. Nearly every existence theorem in the rest of the book (a continuous function on [a,b][a,b][a,b] attains its maximum, is uniformly continuous, is Riemann-integrable) is an application of that equivalence.

This mission is the second in a series formalizing Rudin Chapters 1–11. It builds on the number systems of Mission I and supplies the topological input for Missions III–VII.

Setting

A metric space is a set XXX with a distance d:X×X→Rd : X \times X \to \mathbb{R}d:X×X→R that is positive for distinct points, symmetric, and satisfies the triangle inequality. The neighbourhood Nr(p)N_r(p)Nr​(p) is the set of qqq with d(p,q)<rd(p,q) < rd(p,q)<r. A point ppp is a limit point of E⊆XE \subseteq XE⊆X if every neighbourhood of ppp contains a point of EEE different from ppp; EEE is closed if it contains all its limit points, open if each of its points has a neighbourhood inside EEE, and its closure Eˉ\bar EEˉ is EEE together with its limit points. EEE is perfect if it is closed and every point of EEE is a limit point of EEE, and bounded if it is contained in some neighbourhood.

An open cover of EEE is a family of open sets whose union contains EEE; KKK is compact if every open cover of KKK has a finite subcover. A kkk-cell is a product {x∈Rk:aj≤xj≤bj for all j}\{x \in \mathbb{R}^k : a_j \le x_j \le b_j \text{ for all } j\}{x∈Rk:aj​≤xj​≤bj​ for all j}. Two sets A,BA, BA,B are separated if Aˉ∩B=A∩Bˉ=∅\bar A \cap B = A \cap \bar B = \varnothingAˉ∩B=A∩Bˉ=∅, and EEE is connected if it is not the union of two nonempty separated sets.

Formalization targets

Goal — Heine–Borel (Theorem 2.41)

For E⊆RkE \subseteq \mathbb{R}^kE⊆Rk, the following are equivalent:

(a) E closed and bounded⟺(b) E compact⟺(c) every infinite S⊆E has a limit point in E.\text{(a) } E \text{ closed and bounded} \quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad \text{(b) } E \text{ compact} \quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad \text{(c) every infinite } S \subseteq E \text{ has a limit point in } E .(a) E closed and bounded⟺(b) E compact⟺(c) every infinite S⊆E has a limit point in E.

Milestones

⋃nEn countable when each En is(2.12)\textstyle\bigcup_n E_n \text{ countable when each } E_n \text{ is} \qquad (2.12)⋃n​En​ countable when each En​ is(2.12) {0,1}N is uncountable(2.14)\{0,1\}^{\mathbb{N}} \text{ is uncountable} \qquad (2.14){0,1}N is uncountable(2.14) arbitrary unions of open sets, finite intersections of open sets, and the closed duals(2.24)\text{arbitrary unions of open sets, finite intersections of open sets, and the closed duals} \qquad (2.24)arbitrary unions of open sets, finite intersections of open sets, and the closed duals(2.24) Eˉ=E∪E′,Eˉ closed,Eˉ=E⇔E closed,E⊆F closed⇒Eˉ⊆F(2.27)\bar E = E \cup E', \quad \bar E \text{ closed}, \quad \bar E = E \Leftrightarrow E \text{ closed}, \quad E \subseteq F \text{ closed} \Rightarrow \bar E \subseteq F \qquad (2.27)Eˉ=E∪E′,Eˉ closed,Eˉ=E⇔E closed,E⊆F closed⇒Eˉ⊆F(2.27) sup⁡E∈Eˉ(2.28)\sup E \in \bar E \qquad (2.28)supE∈Eˉ(2.28) open-cover compactness⇔compactness(2.32)\text{open-cover compactness} \Leftrightarrow \text{compactness} \qquad (2.32)open-cover compactness⇔compactness(2.32) F⊆K, F closed, K compact⇒F compact(2.35)F \subseteq K,\ F \text{ closed},\ K \text{ compact} \Rightarrow F \text{ compact} \qquad (2.35)F⊆K, F closed, K compact⇒F compact(2.35) finite intersection property for compact sets(2.36)\text{finite intersection property for compact sets} \qquad (2.36)finite intersection property for compact sets(2.36) infinite E⊆K compact⇒E has a limit point in K(2.37)\text{infinite } E \subseteq K \text{ compact} \Rightarrow E \text{ has a limit point in } K \qquad (2.37)infinite E⊆K compact⇒E has a limit point in K(2.37) nested k-cells have a common point(2.39)\text{nested } k\text{-cells have a common point} \qquad (2.39)nested k-cells have a common point(2.39) every k-cell is compact(2.40)\text{every } k\text{-cell is compact} \qquad (2.40)every k-cell is compact(2.40) nonempty perfect P⊆Rk is uncountable(2.43)\text{nonempty perfect } P \subseteq \mathbb{R}^k \text{ is uncountable} \qquad (2.43)nonempty perfect P⊆Rk is uncountable(2.43) E⊆R connected⇔(x,y∈E, x<z<y⇒z∈E)(2.47)E \subseteq \mathbb{R} \text{ connected} \Leftrightarrow (x,y \in E,\ x<z<y \Rightarrow z \in E) \qquad (2.47)E⊆R connected⇔(x,y∈E, x<z<y⇒z∈E)(2.47)

Significance

Heine–Borel is the bridge between the order completeness of R\mathbb{R}R established in Chapter 1 and the analytic theorems of Chapters 3–7: the bisection argument that proves kkk-cells compact is the same argument that produces convergent subsequences (Bolzano–Weierstrass, Theorem 2.42), and compactness is what converts local information into global statements. Theorem 2.43 supplies the standard source of uncountable sets of measure zero — the Cantor set is the running example — which matters again in Chapter 11. Theorem 2.47, characterizing the connected subsets of the line as the order-convex ones, is the topological content of the intermediate value theorem proved in Chapter 4.

Mathlib has an extensive metric-space and compactness library, so much of this chapter exists there in some form. What this mission adds is the explicit correspondence with Rudin's formulations: his open-cover definition of compactness against the library's filter-based IsCompact (a milestone in its own right), his ε\varepsilonε-style limit points against closure, and his kkk-cells against the library's boxes. The resulting dictionary is what the remaining missions in the series use when they need a compactness argument.

Difficulty

The mathematics is standard, and the difficulty is almost entirely in the translation layer. Two places bite. First, Rudin's compactness quantifies over arbitrary open covers, so the statement is a Π\PiΠ-type over families of sets, while Mathlib's IsCompact is a statement about filters; the equivalence is available in the library but only after the cover is presented in the right indexed form. Second, "limit point" in Rudin's sense is not p ∈ closure E: the point must be approached by points of EEE other than ppp, so isolated points of EEE are excluded, and statements such as 2.27(a) and 2.41(c) are false if the two notions are conflated.

Formalization scope

Conventions fixed by this mission:

  • Metric spaces are Mathlib's [MetricSpace X]; IsOpen, IsClosed, closure, Perfect, IsCompact, Bornology.IsBounded and IsPreconnected are used for Rudin's corresponding notions.
  • Rudin's limit points are Rudin.IsLimitPoint p E, defined with the explicit ε\varepsilonε and the condition q≠pq \ne pq=p, and his open-cover compactness is Rudin.IsCoverCompact.
  • kkk-cells are Rudin.kCell k a b inside EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k); the case where some aj>bja_j > b_jaj​>bj​ gives the empty set, which is why the nested-cell milestone assumes each cell is nonempty, exactly as Rudin's construction does.
  • Connectedness is IsPreconnected, which admits the empty set, matching Rudin's convention that a set is connected unless it splits into two nonempty separated pieces.
  • The Heine–Borel goal is stated as a TFAE list in Rudin's order (a), (b), (c).

The equivalence is not vacuous: all three conditions are satisfied by any kkk-cell and all three fail for Rk\mathbb{R}^kRk itself when k≥1k \ge 1k≥1.

Selected references

  • Walter Rudin, Principles of Mathematical Analysis, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, 1976, Chapter 2 (pp. 24–55).
  • The mathlib Community, The Lean Mathematical Library, CPP 2020. https://doi.org/10.1145/3372885.3373824
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Captain: Lucas

Rudin PMA I: The Real and Complex Number SystemsTextbook

Motivation

Every course in analysis begins by fixing what a real number is, because the theorems that follow — the intermediate value theorem, the convergence of monotone bounded sequences, the compactness of closed bounded intervals — are false over the rationals and true over the reals for exactly one reason: the least-upper-bound property. Walter Rudin opens Principles of Mathematical Analysis (3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, 1976) with this point. His Example 1.1 exhibits the gap concretely: the set of rationals ppp with p2<2p^2 < 2p2<2 has no least upper bound in Q\mathbb{Q}Q. Chapter 1 then constructs an ordered field in which no such gap occurs, and derives from that single axiom the archimedean property, the density of Q\mathbb{Q}Q, and the existence of nnn-th roots.

This mission is the first in a series formalizing Rudin Chapters 1–11. It covers the chapter's number-system foundations: the ordering axioms, the real field, the complex field, and euclidean space Rk\mathbb{R}^kRk.

Setting

An ordered set is a set SSS with a transitive relation <<< such that for x,y∈Sx, y \in Sx,y∈S exactly one of x<yx < yx<y, x=yx = yx=y, y<xy < xy<x holds. If E⊆SE \subseteq SE⊆S and there is β∈S\beta \in Sβ∈S with x≤βx \le \betax≤β for all x∈Ex \in Ex∈E, then EEE is bounded above and β\betaβ is an upper bound. A least upper bound (supremum) of EEE is an upper bound α\alphaα such that no γ<α\gamma < \alphaγ<α is an upper bound. The ordered set SSS has the least-upper-bound property if every nonempty E⊆SE \subseteq SE⊆S that is bounded above has a least upper bound in SSS.

An ordered field is a field FFF carrying an order such that x+y<x+zx + y < x + zx+y<x+z whenever y<zy < zy<z, and xy>0xy > 0xy>0 whenever x>0x > 0x>0 and y>0y > 0y>0. Rudin's Theorem 1.19 asserts that an ordered field R\mathbb{R}R with the least-upper-bound property exists and contains Q\mathbb{Q}Q as a subfield; the members of R\mathbb{R}R are the real numbers. The complex field C\mathbb{C}C is the set of ordered pairs (a,b)(a,b)(a,b) of reals with the usual operations, written a+bia + bia+bi, with ∣z∣=(zzˉ)1/2|z| = (z\bar z)^{1/2}∣z∣=(zzˉ)1/2; euclidean kkk-space Rk\mathbb{R}^kRk is the set of kkk-tuples with the inner product x⋅y=∑jxjyjx \cdot y = \sum_{j} x_j y_jx⋅y=∑j​xj​yj​ and norm ∣x∣=(x⋅x)1/2|x| = (x\cdot x)^{1/2}∣x∣=(x⋅x)1/2.

Formalization targets

Goal — the real field is the unique complete ordered field (Theorem 1.19)

K an ordered field with the least-upper-bound property  ⟹  ∃! e:K→ ∼ R an order-preserving field isomorphism.\text{$K$ an ordered field with the least-upper-bound property} \;\Longrightarrow\; \exists!\, e : K \xrightarrow{\ \sim\ } \mathbb{R} \text{ an order-preserving field isomorphism.}K an ordered field with the least-upper-bound property⟹∃!e:K ∼ ​R an order-preserving field isomorphism.

Existence of such a field is witnessed in Lean by R\mathbb{R}R itself; what carries the content of Rudin's theorem, and what the goal asks for, is that the least-upper-bound property pins the field down up to a unique isomorphism of ordered fields. Uniqueness of eee also gives Rudin's second assertion for free: any embedding of Q\mathbb{Q}Q is the canonical one, so KKK contains Q\mathbb{Q}Q as an ordered subfield.

Milestones

¬ ∃p∈Q, p2=2(Example 1.1)\neg\,\exists p \in \mathbb{Q},\ p^2 = 2 \qquad (\text{Example } 1.1)¬∃p∈Q, p2=2(Example 1.1) LUB property⇒GLB property, with inf⁡B=sup⁡(lower bounds of B)(1.11)\text{LUB property} \Rightarrow \text{GLB property, with } \inf B = \sup(\text{lower bounds of } B) \qquad (1.11)LUB property⇒GLB property, with infB=sup(lower bounds of B)(1.11) x>0⇒∃n∈N, nx>y;x<y⇒∃p∈Q, x<p<y(1.20)x>0 \Rightarrow \exists n \in \mathbb{N},\ nx > y; \qquad x<y \Rightarrow \exists p \in \mathbb{Q},\ x<p<y \qquad (1.20)x>0⇒∃n∈N, nx>y;x<y⇒∃p∈Q, x<p<y(1.20) x>0, n>0⇒∃! y>0, yn=x(1.21)x>0,\ n>0 \Rightarrow \exists!\, y>0,\ y^n = x \qquad (1.21)x>0, n>0⇒∃!y>0, yn=x(1.21) ∣zˉ∣=∣z∣,∣zw∣=∣z∣∣w∣,∣Re⁡z∣≤∣z∣,∣z+w∣≤∣z∣+∣w∣(1.33)|\bar z| = |z|,\quad |zw| = |z||w|,\quad |\operatorname{Re} z| \le |z|,\quad |z+w| \le |z|+|w| \qquad (1.33)∣zˉ∣=∣z∣,∣zw∣=∣z∣∣w∣,∣Rez∣≤∣z∣,∣z+w∣≤∣z∣+∣w∣(1.33) ∣∑jajbj‾∣2≤∑j∣aj∣2∑j∣bj∣2(1.35)\Big|\sum_{j} a_j \overline{b_j}\Big|^2 \le \sum_j |a_j|^2 \sum_j |b_j|^2 \qquad (1.35)​j∑​aj​bj​​​2≤j∑​∣aj​∣2j∑​∣bj​∣2(1.35) ∣x⋅y∣≤∣x∣ ∣y∣,∣x+y∣≤∣x∣+∣y∣,∣x−z∣≤∣x−y∣+∣y−z∣(1.37)|x \cdot y| \le |x|\,|y|, \quad |x+y| \le |x|+|y|, \quad |x-z| \le |x-y|+|y-z| \qquad (1.37)∣x⋅y∣≤∣x∣∣y∣,∣x+y∣≤∣x∣+∣y∣,∣x−z∣≤∣x−y∣+∣y−z∣(1.37)

Significance

The least-upper-bound property is the only non-algebraic input to the whole of single-variable analysis, and the chapter shows how much follows from it alone: the archimedean property, which rules out infinitesimals; the density of Q\mathbb{Q}Q, which makes approximation arguments possible; and the existence of nnn-th roots, which repairs precisely the defect exhibited by 2\sqrt{2}2​. The uniqueness statement is what licenses the common practice of treating "the" real numbers as a single object regardless of the construction used (Dedekind cuts, as in Rudin's appendix, or Cauchy sequences).

Mathlib already contains R\mathbb{R}R, C\mathbb{C}C, and a uniqueness theorem for conditionally complete linearly ordered fields, and several of the milestones are available there in some form. The work this mission asks for is therefore bridging work: stating Rudin's hypotheses in his own terms — an order with the least-upper-bound property as a hypothesis on a set, not as a typeclass whose data includes a chosen supremum operator — and deriving the standard library form from them. That bridge is what later missions in the series reuse.

Difficulty

The individual statements are elementary, and the mathematical difficulty is genuinely low; what makes the chapter non-mechanical in a proof assistant is the mismatch between hypothesis and structure. Mathlib's completeness is packaged as ConditionallyCompleteLinearOrder, a structure carrying sSup and sInf as data; Rudin's is a proposition about an arbitrary ordered field. Turning the proposition into the structure (in order to invoke the library's uniqueness theorem) is the one step where the obvious "just apply the Mathlib lemma" move does not typecheck.

Formalization scope

Conventions fixed by this mission:

  • Rudin's least-upper-bound property is the predicate Rudin.HasLeastUpperBoundProperty, using Mathlib's IsLUB, BddAbove, lowerBounds; no completeness typeclass is assumed of K.
  • Ordered fields are [Field K] [LinearOrder K] [IsStrictOrderedRing K], which is exactly Rudin's Definition 1.17.
  • Order-field isomorphisms are Mathlib's ≃+*o (OrderRingIso), so "unique isomorphism" is stated as ∃ e, ∀ e', e' = e.
  • C\mathbb{C}C is Mathlib's ℂ and ∣z∣|z|∣z∣ is the norm ‖z‖; euclidean kkk-space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k) with the inner product inner ℝ x y, so Rudin's Rk\mathbb{R}^kRk facts are norm and inner-product inequalities.
  • Statements bundling several of Rudin's conclusions (1.33, 1.37) are stated as a single conjunction, in the order the book lists them.

Nothing here is vacuous: the goal quantifies over an arbitrary ordered field satisfying the property, and ℝ itself is such a field, so the hypothesis is satisfiable and the conclusion is not automatic.

Selected references

  • Walter Rudin, Principles of Mathematical Analysis, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, 1976, Chapter 1 (pp. 1–21) and its Appendix.
  • The mathlib Community, The Lean Mathematical Library, CPP 2020. https://doi.org/10.1145/3372885.3373824
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamical SystemsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Examples of Pathological Dynamics of the Subgradient Method for Lipschitz Path-Differentiable Functions: A Bounded Subgradient Sequence That Does Not Converge for a Whitney-Stratifiable KŁ FunctionResearch Paper

Motivation

The small-step subgradient method is the basic algorithm for minimizing a nonsmooth, nonconvex, locally Lipschitz function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R. It is also the scheme behind stochastic gradient training of neural networks with nonsmooth activations. From a starting point x0x_0x0​ it iterates

xi+1=xi−εivi,vi∈∂cf(xi),x_{i+1}=x_i-\varepsilon_i v_i,\qquad v_i\in\partial^c f(x_i),xi+1​=xi​−εi​vi​,vi​∈∂cf(xi​),

with step sizes εi→0\varepsilon_i\to0εi​→0 and ∑iεi=+∞\sum_i\varepsilon_i=+\infty∑i​εi​=+∞. The basic question is whether a bounded run converges. For smooth fff, and for continuous-time subgradient flows, convergence follows from a Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz (KŁ) inequality together with tame geometry such as Whitney stratifiability (Bolte, Daniilidis, Lewis, Shiota 2007; Absil, Mahony, Andrews 2005). Whether the same hypotheses suffice for the discrete nonsmooth method was open.

R. Ríos-Zertuche (arXiv:2007.11699, published in Math. Oper. Res. 2022) is a companion to the work of Bolte, Pauwels and Ríos-Zertuche on the long-term dynamics of the subgradient method for path-differentiable functions (arXiv:2006.00098). That work proves positive results, such as slowdown near limit points and convergence of the values under the weak Sard condition. The examples paper shows that these results cannot be improved to convergence of the iterates. Its first example (Section 2) lives on R2\mathbb R^2R2 and is the subject of this mission.

Setting

For a locally Lipschitz f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R, the Clarke subdifferential ∂cf(x)\partial^c f(x)∂cf(x) is the convex envelope of all limits lim⁡∇f(yk)\lim\nabla f(y_k)lim∇f(yk​) along sequences yk→xy_k\to xyk​→x of points where fff is differentiable. The critical set is crit⁡f={x:0∈∂cf(x)}\operatorname{crit}f=\{x:0\in\partial^c f(x)\}critf={x:0∈∂cf(x)}.

A subgradient sequence (Definition 1) is a sequence obeying the recursion above with positive steps εi→0\varepsilon_i\to0εi​→0, ∑εi=+∞\sum\varepsilon_i=+\infty∑εi​=+∞. The function fff is path-differentiable (Definition 2) if for every Lipschitz curve γ\gammaγ and almost every ttt, (f∘γ)′(t)=v⋅γ′(t)(f\circ\gamma)'(t)=v\cdot\gamma'(t)(f∘γ)′(t)=v⋅γ′(t) for all v∈∂cf(γ(t))v\in\partial^c f(\gamma(t))v∈∂cf(γ(t)). It satisfies the weak Sard condition (Definition 3) if it is constant on each connected component of crit⁡f\operatorname{crit}fcritf. It is Whitney C∞C^\inftyC∞-stratifiable (Definition 5) if its graph in Rn+1\mathbb R^{n+1}Rn+1 is a locally finite union of disjoint connected C∞C^\inftyC∞ submanifolds. These pieces must satisfy the frontier condition and Whitney's condition A: limits of tangent spaces of a stratum contain the tangent spaces of the strata in its boundary.

The example works on R2\mathbb R^2R2. For i≥2i\ge2i≥2 let

ϑi=∑k=2i1klog⁡k,xi=[1+(−1)ii](cos⁡ϑi,sin⁡ϑi),\vartheta_i=\sum_{k=2}^{i}\frac1{k\log k},\qquad x_i=\Bigl[1+\frac{(-1)^i}{i}\Bigr](\cos\vartheta_i,\sin\vartheta_i),ϑi​=k=2∑i​klogk1​,xi​=[1+i(−1)i​](cosϑi​,sinϑi​),

εi=∥xi+1−xi∥\varepsilon_i=\|x_{i+1}-x_i\|εi​=∥xi+1​−xi​∥ and vi=−(xi+1−xi)/εiv_i=-(x_{i+1}-x_i)/\varepsilon_ivi​=−(xi+1​−xi​)/εi​. Let φ(x)=∣1−∥x∥∣\varphi(x)=|1-\|x\||φ(x)=∣1−∥x∥∣ be the distance to the unit circle S1S^1S1. Let ψ\psiψ be a smooth radial bump with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1], equal to 111 on B1(0)B_1(0)B1​(0), vanishing for ∥x∥≥2\|x\|\ge2∥x∥≥2 and non-increasing along rays. Set ψi(x)=ψ(2i(x−xi))\psi_i(x)=\psi(2^i(x-x_i))ψi​(x)=ψ(2i(x−xi​)) and Vi(x)=(x−xi)⋅vi+1/iV_i(x)=(x-x_i)\cdot v_i+1/iVi​(x)=(x−xi​)⋅vi​+1/i. For i0≥2i_0\ge2i0​≥2,

f(x)=(1−∑i≥i0ψi(x))φ(x)+∑i≥i0ψi(x)Vi(x).(4)f(x)=\Bigl(1-\sum_{i\ge i_0}\psi_i(x)\Bigr)\varphi(x)+\sum_{i\ge i_0}\psi_i(x)V_i(x).\tag{4}f(x)=(1−i≥i0​∑​ψi​(x))φ(x)+i≥i0​∑​ψi​(x)Vi​(x).(4)

Formalization targets

Goal

There are f:R2→Rf:\mathbb R^2\to\mathbb Rf:R2→R, steps (εi)(\varepsilon_i)(εi​) and a sequence (xi)(x_i)(xi​) such that (xi)(x_i)(xi​) is a bounded, non-convergent subgradient sequence of fff, and fff has all of the following properties:

  • it is Lipschitz and path-differentiable;
  • it satisfies the weak Sard condition;
  • it is Whitney C∞C^\inftyC∞-stratifiable;
  • it is C∞C^\inftyC∞ on a ball around every xix_ixi​;
  • it satisfies
∥∇f(x)∥≥12for all x∉crit⁡f.\|\nabla f(x)\|\ge\tfrac12\qquad\text{for all }x\notin\operatorname{crit}f.∥∇f(x)∥≥21​for all x∈/critf.

This is the paper's negative answer to its question Q9, combined with its remarks in Q1 and Q12. The witness is left existential.

Milestones

The milestones are the properties of the explicit witness (4):

  • the step-size estimates (εi→0\varepsilon_i\to0εi​→0, ∑εi=∞\sum\varepsilon_i=\infty∑εi​=∞, ∑εi2<∞\sum\varepsilon_i^2<\infty∑εi2​<∞);
  • Lemma 7: viv_ivi​ is close to ±xi/∥xi∥\pm x_i/\|x_i\|±xi​/∥xi​∥, and radial projection is Lipschitz near xix_ixi​;
  • Proposition 6 (i)–(vii): smoothness off S1∪{0}S^1\cup\{0\}S1∪{0}; ∇f=vi\nabla f=v_i∇f=vi​ on B1/2i(xi)B_{1/2^i}(x_i)B1/2i​(xi​), so that (xi)(x_i)(xi​) is a subgradient sequence; ∂cf(p)={ap:a∈[−1,1]}\partial^c f(p)=\{ap:a\in[-1,1]\}∂cf(p)={ap:a∈[−1,1]} on S1S^1S1; crit⁡f=S1∪{0}\operatorname{crit}f=S^1\cup\{0\}critf=S1∪{0}; Lipschitz path-differentiability; Whitney stratifiability; and ∥∇f∥>1/2\|\nabla f\|>1/2∥∇f∥>1/2 off the critical set;
  • the weak Sard condition;
  • acc⁡{xi}=S1\operatorname{acc}\{x_i\}=S^1acc{xi​}=S1, with boundedness and non-convergence.

Significance

The example is a counterexample: the standard toolbox of tame geometry plus a KŁ inequality does not give convergence of the discrete small-step subgradient method, even with a uniform gradient lower bound away from the critical set and the weak Sard condition. In continuous time the same hypotheses give convergence. The gap therefore comes from discretization. Any convergence proof for nonsmooth subgradient methods needs further structure, such as definability in an o-minimal structure or a stronger KŁ inequality near the critical set. Q12 adds that requiring the iterates to stay in the full-measure set of differentiability points does not help.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of it is formalized. Formalizing it gives the first machine-checked Clarke-subdifferential, path-differentiability and Whitney-stratification counterexample. It also gives reusable estimates for an explicit sequence spiralling onto a circle.

Difficulty

Most of the steps are explicit estimates, but three of them are delicate.

  • The Clarke subdifferential on S1S^1S1. It must be computed although infinitely many bumps accumulate there. Near each xix_ixi​ the gradient of fff contains the term ∇ψi (Vi−φ)\nabla\psi_i\,(V_i-\varphi)∇ψi​(Vi​−φ), where ∇ψi\nabla\psi_i∇ψi​ is of size 2i2^i2i. Showing that the limiting gradients are still only ±p\pm p±p requires the second-order agreement of ViV_iVi​ and φ\varphiφ on B1/2i−1(xi)B_{1/2^{i-1}}(x_i)B1/2i−1​(xi​), and that rests on the estimate of Lemma 7.
  • Path differentiability. It does not follow from local Lipschitz continuity. A Lipschitz curve may cross the circle at uncountably many times, so the chain rule has to be checked for every element of ∂cf(γ(t))\partial^c f(\gamma(t))∂cf(γ(t)) at almost every such time.
  • Whitney's condition A. It must hold where the two-dimensional strata of the graph meet the circle stratum. That requires control of the tangent planes of the graph along sequences entering the bump regions.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). The definitions follow these conventions:

  • ∂cf(x)\partial^c f(x)∂cf(x) is the convex hull of the published ShorNonsmooth.AlmostDiff.almostGradients, which uses cluster points of the gradients rather than limits; the two sets are the same.
  • Path differentiability quantifies over every Lipschitz curve and every element of ∂cf(γ(t))\partial^c f(\gamma(t))∂cf(γ(t)), and also asserts that γ\gammaγ is differentiable at ttt, which holds almost everywhere by Rademacher's theorem.
  • Strata are connected, pairwise disjoint and locally finite at the points of the graph. Each is a CkC^kCk coordinate-slice submanifold (the published ProjLikeRetr.Retractor.IsSubmanifold) for every kkk. Tangent spaces are spans of tangent cones, and Grassmannian convergence is convergence of the subspace gap to 000.
  • The bump is an arbitrary BumpProfile with exactly the properties listed on p. 6, and the series in (4) are tsums. The indices i<2i<2i<2, where 1/0=01/0=01/0=0 and log⁡1=0\log 1=0log1=0 in Lean, are never used.

Four statements are adjusted, and each adjustment is disclosed in its item:

  • Proposition 6 (i) is stated on R2∖(S1∪{0})\mathbb R^2\setminus(S^1\cup\{0\})R2∖(S1∪{0}), as in the paper's proof, because fff has a cone point at 000.
  • The last link "<2/i<2/i<2/i" of the step-size chain is false and is dropped.
  • Proposition 6 (ii), (iv), (vii) and the weak Sard claim hold for i0i_0i0​ beyond a threshold depending on the bump. For small i0i_0i0​ the bump supports overlap.
  • The KŁ clauses also assert differentiability, since Lean's gradient is 000 at non-differentiable points.

The goal cannot be met trivially. Boundedness of the sequence and the conditions εi→0\varepsilon_i\to0εi​→0, ∑εi=∞\sum\varepsilon_i=\infty∑εi​=∞ are part of it, and they rule out an affine fff. Every regularity property is a separate conjunct. Contributions that develop the geometry of Whitney stratifications and path differentiability in Lean are reusable well beyond this example.

Selected references

  • R. Ríos-Zertuche, Examples of pathological dynamics of the subgradient method for Lipschitz path-differentiable functions, arXiv:2007.11699v1, 2020; Math. Oper. Res., 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/2007.11699
  • J. Bolte, E. Pauwels, R. Ríos-Zertuche, Long term dynamics of the subgradient method for Lipschitz path differentiable functions, arXiv:2006.00098, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2006.00098
  • J. Bolte, A. Daniilidis, A. Lewis, M. Shiota, Clarke subgradients of stratifiable functions, SIAM J. Optim. 18 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1137/060670080
  • D. Davis, D. Drusvyatskiy, S. Kakade, J. D. Lee, Stochastic subgradient method converges on tame functions, Found. Comput. Math. 20 (2020). https://arxiv.org/abs/1804.07795
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, B. Andrews, Convergence of the iterates of descent methods for analytic cost functions, SIAM J. Optim. 16 (2005). https://doi.org/10.1137/040605266
18 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Dynamic Momentum Strategies: For Horizons Within the Look-Back Period, the Optimal Weight Is the Mean-Variance Weight Plus a Hedging Term Weighted Toward Recent ReturnsResearch Paper

Motivation

Time-series momentum is the empirical regularity that an asset's recent excess return predicts its future excess return. It has been documented across equity indices, currencies, commodities and bonds (Moskowitz, Ooi & Pedersen 2012), and momentum portfolios are among the most widely traded systematic strategies. Most of that literature builds portfolios from a single signal: the average return over a look-back window. Li and Liu (Operations Research 2022) ask what a long-horizon investor who rebalances should do when expected returns really are driven by such a moving average. Their answer has a structural feature that a Markovian model such as Merton's (Merton 1971) cannot produce. The optimal weight depends on the whole recent price path, not only on the current momentum.

Setting

A risky asset has price StS_tSt​ and log price st=ln⁡Sts_t=\ln S_tst​=lnSt​, with

dStSt=[αmt+(1−α)μ+r] dt+σ dBt,mt=1τ∫t−τt(dSuSu−r du),\frac{dS_t}{S_t} = [\alpha m_t + (1-\alpha)\mu + r]\,dt + \sigma\,dB_t,\qquad m_t = \frac1\tau\int_{t-\tau}^{t}\Big(\frac{dS_u}{S_u} - r\,du\Big),St​dSt​​=[αmt​+(1−α)μ+r]dt+σdBt​,mt​=τ1​∫t−τt​(Su​dSu​​−rdu),

where BBB is a Brownian motion. Momentum mtm_tmt​ is the equally weighted moving average of excess returns over a look-back window of length τ>0\tau>0τ>0. The parameter 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1 measures how strongly momentum enters the expected return, μ\muμ is the unconditional risk premium, rrr is the constant short rate and σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 is the volatility. Because the drift depends on st−st−τs_t - s_{t-\tau}st​−st−τ​, the price is not Markov: the state at time ttt is the whole path on [t−τ,t][t-\tau,t][t−τ,t].

An investor with constant relative risk aversion γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 maximizes expected utility of terminal wealth at a horizon TTT by trading the asset and a riskless bond. The mission works in the paper's short-horizon regime 0≤T≤τ0\le T\le\tau0≤T≤τ, with the investor standing at time 000, so the realized path sss on [−τ,0][-\tau,0][−τ,0] is known.

The paper's analysis (Appendix A.2) produces the following objects:

  • the market price of risk at time 000, θ0=[(1−α)μ−α(r−σ2/2)+ατ(s0−s−τ)]/σ\theta_0 = [(1-\alpha)\mu - \alpha(r-\sigma^2/2) + \frac\alpha\tau(s_0-s_{-\tau})]/\sigmaθ0​=[(1−α)μ−α(r−σ2/2)+τα​(s0​−s−τ​)]/σ;
  • functions A1,A2A_1, A_2A1​,A2​ on [0,T][0,T][0,T] that solve a Riccati equation and a linear equation, the system (A.9), with A1(T)=A2(T)=0A_1(T)=A_2(T)=0A1​(T)=A2​(T)=0 and forcing term su−τs_{u-\tau}su−τ​;
  • the optimal weight ϕ0∗=θ0/(γσ)+A1,0s0+A2,0\phi^*_0 = \theta_0/(\gamma\sigma) + A_{1,0}s_0 + A_{2,0}ϕ0∗​=θ0​/(γσ)+A1,0​s0​+A2,0​ of (A.11);
  • explicit functions C0C_0C0​, ω^\hat\omegaω^, the weight ω\omegaω on [−τ,0][-\tau,0][−τ,0] and a constant C1C_1C1​, all of (A.14).

The Lean development names them theta0, SolvesA9, phiStar, C0, omegaHat, omega and C1 in the namespace DynMomentum.ShortHorizon.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3.3

For every solution (A1,A2)(A_1,A_2)(A1​,A2​) of (A.9),

ϕ0∗=αγσ2∫−τ01τ(dSvSv−r dv)+(1−α)μγσ2⏟ϕ0M+(1−γ)αγσ2∫−τ0ωv(dSvSv−r dv)+C1⏟ϕ0H.(3.8)\phi^*_0 = \underbrace{\frac{\alpha}{\gamma\sigma^2}\int_{-\tau}^{0}\frac1\tau\Big(\frac{dS_v}{S_v}-r\,dv\Big) + \frac{(1-\alpha)\mu}{\gamma\sigma^2}}_{\phi^M_0} + \underbrace{\frac{(1-\gamma)\alpha}{\gamma\sigma^2}\int_{-\tau}^{0}\omega_v\Big(\frac{dS_v}{S_v}-r\,dv\Big) + C_1}_{\phi^H_0}. \tag{3.8}ϕ0∗​=ϕ0M​γσ2α​∫−τ0​τ1​(Sv​dSv​​−rdv)+γσ2(1−α)μ​​​+ϕ0H​γσ2(1−γ)α​∫−τ0​ωv​(Sv​dSv​​−rdv)+C1​​​.(3.8)

Moreover, ω\omegaω is positive on (−τ,0](-\tau,0](−τ,0] when T>0T>0T>0, strictly increasing on [−τ,T−τ][-\tau,T-\tau][−τ,T−τ], and constant on [T−τ,0][T-\tau,0][T−τ,0]. The first summand ϕM\phi^MϕM is the myopic mean-variance weight; the second, ϕH\phi^HϕH, is the hedging demand.

Milestones

  1. (A.9) solves (A.8). The ansatz f(x,t)=exp⁡{A1,tx2/2+A2,tx+A3,t}f(x,t)=\exp\{A_{1,t}x^2/2+A_{2,t}x+A_{3,t}\}f(x,t)=exp{A1,t​x2/2+A2,t​x+A3,t​} solves the Feynman–Kac PDE (A.8) whenever (A1,A2,A3)(A_1,A_2,A_3)(A1​,A2​,A3​) solve (A.9).
  2. (A.13), A1A_1A1​. The closed form A1,t=α(γ−1)(1−e2α(T−t)/(γτ))/(γσ2τD(T,t))A_{1,t}=\alpha(\gamma-1)(1-e^{2\alpha(T-t)/(\sqrt\gamma\tau)})/(\gamma\sigma^2\tau D(T,t))A1,t​=α(γ−1)(1−e2α(T−t)/(γ​τ))/(γσ2τD(T,t)) solves the Riccati equation with A1,T=0A_{1,T}=0A1,T​=0.
  3. (A.13), A2A_2A2​. For any solution A1A_1A1​, the variation-of-constants integral for A2A_2A2​ solves the linear equation with A2,T=0A_{2,T}=0A2,T​=0.
  4. (A.14). ω^u>0\hat\omega_u>0ω^u​>0 for u∈[−τ,−τ+T]u\in[-\tau,-\tau+T]u∈[−τ,−τ+T].
  5. Proposition 3.3, last sentence. The positivity and shape of ω\omegaω, stated on its own.

Significance

The result. Proposition 3.3 shows that a momentum investor who rebalances should not trade on momentum alone. The hedging demand weights past returns unequally, with more weight on recent ones, so two price paths with identical momentum lead to different optimal positions. This is the paper's explanation of why path dependence is intrinsic to optimal momentum trading. It underlies the paper's later comparisons with momentum-only strategies, the horizon extension of Proposition 6.3, and the closed-form expansions of Online Appendix III.

Formalizing it. The proof's analytic half, from (A.9) to (3.8), is summarized in the paper by the phrase "after some manipulations". Writing that step out yields a checked identity between an ODE-defined weight and an explicit integral formula. Doing so has already caught an error. The constant C1C_1C1​ printed in (A.14) is wrong: it differs from the true value by a path-independent amount, and it becomes correct after deleting both occurrences of −σ2/2-\sigma^2/2−σ2/2 (a numerical solution of (A.9) agrees with the corrected formula to 10−1010^{-10}10−10). The proposition is proved in the paper. As far as is known, no part of it has been machine-checked.

Difficulty

Each milestone is a direct calculus statement; the goal is not. The obvious approach is to substitute the closed forms (A.13) into (A.11) and simplify. That leaves A2,0A_{2,0}A2,0​ as a double integral of the past path sss against two nested exponential kernels written in the ODE's own parameterization, while (3.8) is a single integral of returns dS/SdS/SdS/S against the weight ω\omegaω of (A.14), which is written in a different parameterization. The paper gives no derivation of the match. The path is only continuous, so no step may differentiate sss. Separately, the Riccati closed form divides by a quantity that vanishes for small γ<1\gamma<1γ<1, so every step has to track where that denominator is positive.

Formalization scope

  • What is formalized. Everything from (A.9) to (3.8). The stochastic layer is not formalized: Lemmas 3.1–3.2 (martingale method), the measure change, the Feynman–Kac representation and the volatility matching (A.10)–(A.12) need stochastic integration, Itô's formula and martingale representation, which Mathlib does not have at this revision. Equation (A.11) is therefore taken as the definition of the optimal weight: ϕ0∗:=θ0/(γσ)+A1,0s0+A2,0\phi^*_0 := \theta_0/(\gamma\sigma) + A_{1,0}s_0 + A_{2,0}ϕ0∗​:=θ0​/(γσ)+A1,0​s0​+A2,0​.
  • Time. The statement is at t=0t=0t=0 with horizon 0≤T≤τ0\le T\le\tau0≤T≤τ and the path on [−τ,0][-\tau,0][−τ,0], as in Appendix A.2. The model is time-homogeneous, so a general ttt is a shift.
  • ODEs. "Solves (A.9)" means a derivative within [0,T][0,T][0,T] at every point of [0,T][0,T][0,T], plus the terminal conditions. At T=0T=0T=0 the derivative clause is vacuous; that is the paper's zero-horizon case.
  • Admissibility. The hypothesis D(T,0)=(γ−1)e2αT/(γτ)+(γ+1)>0D(T,0)=(\sqrt\gamma-1)e^{2\alpha T/(\sqrt\gamma\tau)}+(\sqrt\gamma+1)>0D(T,0)=(γ​−1)e2αT/(γ​τ)+(γ​+1)>0 is added. It holds automatically for γ≥1\gamma\ge1γ≥1. Without it, the Riccati solution blows up for small γ<1\gamma<1γ<1 and the goal would be vacuous.
  • Pathwise returns. The return integral ∫−τ0wv(dSv/Sv−r dv)\int_{-\tau}^0 w_v(dS_v/S_v - r\,dv)∫−τ0​wv​(dSv​/Sv​−rdv), for a deterministic absolutely continuous weight www with derivative w′w'w′, is read as w0s0−w−τs−τ−∫−τ0wv′sv dv+(σ2/2−r)∫−τ0wv dvw_0s_0 - w_{-\tau}s_{-\tau} - \int_{-\tau}^0 w'_vs_v\,dv + (\sigma^2/2-r)\int_{-\tau}^0 w_v\,dvw0​s0​−w−τ​s−τ​−∫−τ0​wv′​sv​dv+(σ2/2−r)∫−τ0​wv​dv. This is its value by Itô's formula and the product rule. With w≡1/τw\equiv1/\tauw≡1/τ it gives back m0m_0m0​ of (2.3).
  • Corrections. C1C_1C1​ is the corrected constant described above. The positivity of ω\omegaω is stated on (−τ,0](-\tau,0](−τ,0] under T>0T>0T>0, because ω−τ=0\omega_{-\tau}=0ω−τ​=0 and ω≡0\omega\equiv0ω≡0 when T=0T=0T=0.
  • What a correct formalization rules out. The goal is not obtained by definition. ϕ∗\phi^*ϕ∗ is (A.11), never ϕM+ϕH\phi^M+\phi^HϕM+ϕH. The functions ω\omegaω, ω^\hat\omegaω^, C0C_0C0​ and C1C_1C1​ are the explicit formulas of (A.14), never derived from the ODE solution. The goal quantifies over every solution of (A.9), not over the closed forms.
  • Infrastructure. The development uses Mathlib's HasDerivWithinAt, interval integrals, Real.exp and Real.sqrt. Two lemmas are reusable well beyond this mission: the closed form of a constant-coefficient scalar Riccati equation, and variation of constants for a scalar linear ODE with merely continuous forcing. Contributions of those lemmas, of uniqueness for (A.9), and of the integration-by-parts step are welcome.

Selected references

  • K. Li and J. Liu, Optimal Dynamic Momentum Strategies, Operations Research, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2021.2254
  • R. C. Merton, Optimum consumption and portfolio rules in a continuous-time model, Journal of Economic Theory 3(4), 1971. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0531(71)90038-X
  • T. J. Moskowitz, Y. H. Ooi and L. H. Pedersen, Time series momentum, Journal of Financial Economics 104(2), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jfineco.2011.11.003
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Fast Hybrid Schemes for Fractional Riccati Equations (Rough Is Not So Tough): Explicit Lower and Upper Bounds on the Convergence Radius of the Fractional Power-Series SolutionResearch Paper

Motivation

In the rough Heston model of El Euch and Rosenbaum, the variance of an asset is driven by a fractional kernel with Hurst exponent H<12H<\tfrac12H<21​, which matches the roughness observed in realized volatility. The model keeps one feature of the classical Heston model: the characteristic function of the log-price is explicit up to the solution of a deterministic equation, here a fractional Riccati equation

Dαψ=λψ2+μψ+ν,α=H+12,D^\alpha\psi=\lambda\psi^2+\mu\psi+\nu,\qquad \alpha=H+\tfrac12,Dαψ=λψ2+μψ+ν,α=H+21​,

with complex coefficients λ,μ,ν\lambda,\mu,\nuλ,μ,ν that depend on the Fourier variable (El Euch–Rosenbaum 2019). Pricing a vanilla option by Fourier inversion requires this solution for many complex parameters, and the equation has no closed form. The standard numerical method, the fractional Adams scheme, is slow because of the memory of the fractional derivative.

Callegaro, Grasselli and Pagès (arXiv:1805.12587v4) observe that with zero initial condition the solution is a fractional power series ψ(t)=∑k≥0aktkα\psi(t)=\sum_{k\ge0}a_kt^{k\alpha}ψ(t)=∑k≥0​ak​tkα whose coefficients obey an explicit convolution recursion. The series can be summed very fast, but only on its interval of convergence; beyond it they switch to a hybrid numerical scheme. Where the switch happens is governed by the convergence radius, and their Theorem 3.3 bounds it explicitly from below and, for parameters of equal sign, from above.

Setting

Fix α∈(0,2]\alpha\in(0,2]α∈(0,2] and λ,μ,ν∈C\lambda,\mu,\nu\in\mathbb Cλ,μ,ν∈C. Identifying the coefficients of the series in the Riccati equation yields the coefficient recursion (Aλ,μ,ν)(A_{\lambda,\mu,\nu})(Aλ,μ,ν​) (3.19)–(3.20):

a0=0,a1=νΓ(α+1),ak+1=(λ ak∗2+μ ak)Γ(αk+1)Γ(αk+α+1)(k≥1),a_0=0,\qquad a_1=\frac{\nu}{\Gamma(\alpha+1)},\qquad a_{k+1}=\big(\lambda\,a^{*2}_k+\mu\,a_k\big)\frac{\Gamma(\alpha k+1)}{\Gamma(\alpha k+\alpha+1)}\quad(k\ge1),a0​=0,a1​=Γ(α+1)ν​,ak+1​=(λak∗2​+μak​)Γ(αk+α+1)Γ(αk+1)​(k≥1),

where ak∗2=∑ℓ=1k−1aℓak−ℓa^{*2}_k=\sum_{\ell=1}^{k-1}a_\ell a_{k-\ell}ak∗2​=∑ℓ=1k−1​aℓ​ak−ℓ​ is the discrete convolution (so a1∗2=0a^{*2}_1=0a1∗2​=0). Each ak+1a_{k+1}ak+1​ depends on a1,…,aka_1,\dots,a_ka1​,…,ak​ only, so the sequence is uniquely determined; in Lean it is coeff α lam mu nu : ℕ → ℂ.

The convergence radius of ∑kaktkα\sum_ka_kt^{k\alpha}∑k​ak​tkα is given by Hadamard's formula (3.21):

Rψλ,μ,ν=lim inf⁡k∣ak∣−1αk∈[0,+∞],R_{\psi_{\lambda,\mu,\nu}}=\liminf_k|a_k|^{-\frac1{\alpha k}}\in[0,+\infty],Rψλ,μ,ν​​=kliminf​∣ak​∣−αk1​∈[0,+∞],

in Lean radius α (coeff α lam mu nu). With x+=max⁡(x,0)x_+=\max(x,0)x+​=max(x,0), a∧b=min⁡(a,b)a\wedge b=\min(a,b)a∧b=min(a,b) and the Beta function B(a,b)=Γ(a)Γ(b)/Γ(a+b)B(a,b)=\Gamma(a)\Gamma(b)/\Gamma(a+b)B(a,b)=Γ(a)Γ(b)/Γ(a+b), the paper introduces the constants

cα=22−(1−2α)+−2(α−1)+αα−1B(α∧1,α∧1),B~(α)=B(α,α)−21−2α,c_\alpha=2^{2-(1-2\alpha)_+-2(\alpha-1)_+}\alpha^{\alpha-1}B(\alpha\wedge1,\alpha\wedge1),\qquad \widetilde B(\alpha)=B(\alpha,\alpha)-2^{1-2\alpha},cα​=22−(1−2α)+​−2(α−1)+​αα−1B(α∧1,α∧1),B(α)=B(α,α)−21−2α, τ∗=21α−(1α−2)+ α(∣μ∣+∣μ∣2+cα∣λ∣∣ν∣Γ(α))1/α,Cα={(3⋅5α−1)12αα,α∈(0,1],2α/B~(α),α∈(1,2].\tau_*=\frac{2^{\frac1\alpha-(\frac1\alpha-2)_+}\,\alpha}{\Big(|\mu|+\sqrt{|\mu|^2+c_\alpha\frac{|\lambda||\nu|}{\Gamma(\alpha)}}\Big)^{1/\alpha}},\qquad C_\alpha=\begin{cases}(3\cdot5^{\alpha-1})^{\frac1{2\alpha}}\sqrt\alpha,&\alpha\in(0,1],\\ \sqrt{2\alpha}/\widetilde B(\alpha),&\alpha\in(1,2].\end{cases}τ∗​=(∣μ∣+∣μ∣2+cα​Γ(α)∣λ∣∣ν∣​​)1/α2α1​−(α1​−2)+​α​,Cα​={(3⋅5α−1)2α1​α​,2α​/B(α),​α∈(0,1],α∈(1,2].​

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3 (a)–(b)

For 0<α≤20<\alpha\le20<α≤2:

  1. for all λ,μ,ν∈C\lambda,\mu,\nu\in\mathbb Cλ,μ,ν∈C with λν≠0\lambda\nu\ne0λν=0,
0<τ∗≤Rψλ,μ,ν;0<\tau_*\le R_{\psi_{\lambda,\mu,\nu}};0<τ∗​≤Rψλ,μ,ν​​;
  1. for real λ,ν>0, μ≥0\lambda,\nu>0,\ \mu\ge0λ,ν>0, μ≥0 (resp. λ,ν<0, μ≤0\lambda,\nu<0,\ \mu\le0λ,ν<0, μ≤0),
Rψλ,μ,ν≤Rψ∣λ∣,0,∣ν∣≤Cα(Γ(α+1)λν)12α.R_{\psi_{\lambda,\mu,\nu}}\le R_{\psi_{|\lambda|,0,|\nu|}}\le C_\alpha\Big(\frac{\Gamma(\alpha+1)}{\lambda\nu}\Big)^{\frac1{2\alpha}}.Rψλ,μ,ν​​≤Rψ∣λ∣,0,∣ν∣​​≤Cα​(λνΓ(α+1)​)2α1​.

Milestones

In attack order: the Riemann-sum Lemma A.1 (A.39); Kershaw's Gamma-ratio inequalities (A.41); the coefficient upper bounds ∣ak∣≤C∗kα−1ρ∗k|a_k|\le C_*k^{\alpha-1}\rho_*^k∣ak​∣≤C∗​kα−1ρ∗k​ of (B.49) for α≤1\alpha\le1α≤1 and (B.51) for α>1\alpha>1α>1; Proposition B.1 (a) (for μ=0\mu=0μ=0 the even coefficients vanish and bk=a2k−10b_k=a^0_{2k-1}bk​=a2k−10​ solves (B.50)) and (b) (comparison ak≥ak0≥0a_k\ge a^0_k\ge0ak​≥ak0​≥0); Theorem 3.3 (c) (sign symmetry ak(λ,μ,ν)=(−1)k−1ak(λ,−μ,ν)a^{(\lambda,\mu,\nu)}_k=(-1)^{k-1}a^{(\lambda,-\mu,\nu)}_kak(λ,μ,ν)​=(−1)k−1ak(λ,−μ,ν)​); the lower-bound propagation bk≥c∗ρ∗kkα−1b_k\ge c^*\rho^{*k}k^{\alpha-1}bk​≥c∗ρ∗kkα−1 of §B.1.2 (α≤1\alpha\le1α≤1); the Riemann-sum bound (B.52) with B~(α)>0\widetilde B(\alpha)>0B(α)>0; and the lower-bound propagation of §B.2.2 (α>1\alpha>1α>1).

Significance

The lower bound τ∗\tau_*τ∗​ is an explicit, parameter-dependent time up to which the series converges absolutely: on [0,τ∗)[0,\tau_*)[0,τ∗​) the Riccati solution, and with it the rough Heston characteristic function, can be evaluated by summing a series with no discretization error. The upper bound shows that for parameters of equal sign the radius is finite and of order (λν)−1/(2α)(\lambda\nu)^{-1/(2\alpha)}(λν)−1/(2α), which is why the paper's hybrid scheme (series near 000, a numerical scheme beyond) is needed for long maturities. The two bounds together fix the scale on which the hybrid scheme switches methods.

The result is proved in the paper (Appendix B). The proof has not been machine-checked. A formal development adds a checked convergence guarantee for a recursion used in option-pricing code, and its auxiliary results (Kershaw's inequality for the Gamma function, which the pinned Mathlib does not contain, and Riemann-sum bounds for symmetric monotone functions) are reusable outside this paper. The paper prints a strict inequality R>τ∗R>\tau_*R>τ∗​; its proof gives R≥τ∗R\ge\tau_*R≥τ∗​, which is what the goal asks. Upgrading to the strict inequality would be a sharpening beyond the paper.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to bound ∣ak∣|a_k|∣ak​∣ by a geometric sequence CρkC\rho^kCρk and propagate the bound by induction through the recursion. It fails: the convolution ∑ℓ=1k−1ρℓρk−ℓ\sum_{\ell=1}^{k-1}\rho^\ell\rho^{k-\ell}∑ℓ=1k−1​ρℓρk−ℓ contributes a factor k−1k-1k−1 that the Gamma ratio Γ(αk+1)/Γ(αk+α+1)≈(αk)−α\Gamma(\alpha k+1)/\Gamma(\alpha k+\alpha+1)\approx(\alpha k)^{-\alpha}Γ(αk+1)/Γ(αk+α+1)≈(αk)−α absorbs only when α≥1\alpha\ge1α≥1, and then with constants that are far from sharp. The propagated bound therefore needs a polynomial correction kα−1k^{\alpha-1}kα−1. That turns the convolution into a Riemann sum of (x(1−x))α−1(x(1-x))^{\alpha-1}(x(1−x))α−1, which is convex for α≤1\alpha\le1α≤1 and concave for α≥1\alpha\ge1α≥1, and controlling it takes a non-asymptotic Gamma-ratio inequality valid for every k≥1k\ge1k≥1 rather than Stirling asymptotics. For the upper bound on the radius, the coefficients must be bounded from below, which requires positivity, the vanishing of the even coefficients when μ=0\mu=0μ=0, and a separate comparison between the cases μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0, μ=0\mu=0μ=0 and μ≤0\mu\le0μ≤0.

Formalization scope

Everything is stated about the coefficient sequence and its Hadamard radius. The fractional derivative, the Riccati equation itself and the function ψ\psiψ do not appear, as in the paper, which identifies the coefficients formally. Conventions:

  • Indexing. coeff α lam mu nu : ℕ → ℂ, with a0=0a_0=0a0​=0; the convolution at index jjj runs over ℓ∈{1,…,j−1}\ell\in\{1,\dots,j-1\}ℓ∈{1,…,j−1} (Finset.Ico 1 j). Gamma factors are Real.Gamma of real arguments, cast to C\mathbb CC; for α>0\alpha>0α>0 every argument is at least 111.
  • Radius. radius α a = liminf_{k→∞} ‖a k‖₊^{-1/(α k)} in ℝ≥0∞, with 0−x=+∞0^{-x}=+\infty0−x=+∞ for x>0x>0x>0, so vanishing coefficients (all even ones when μ=0\mu=0μ=0) do not lower the radius. Real bounds enter through ENNReal.ofReal.
  • Beta function through Gamma, B(a,b)=Γ(a)Γ(b)/Γ(a+b)B(a,b)=\Gamma(a)\Gamma(b)/\Gamma(a+b)B(a,b)=Γ(a)Γ(b)/Γ(a+b).
  • Real parameters (Proposition B.1, Theorem 3.3 (b)–(c), the lower-bound propagations) are real numbers cast into C\mathbb CC; coefficient inequalities are stated on real parts.
  • Hypotheses relative to the page: 0<α≤20<\alpha\le20<α≤2 for the printed "α∈[0,2]\alpha\in[0,2]α∈[0,2]"; ν≠0\nu\ne0ν=0 from the standing Assumption 3.1 (λν≠0\lambda\nu\ne0λν=0); ∣μ∣2|\mu|^2∣μ∣2 for the printed μ2\mu^2μ2 under the square roots; τ∗≤R\tau_*\le Rτ∗​≤R in place of the printed R>τ∗R>\tau_*R>τ∗​; (−1)k−1(-1)^{k-1}(−1)k−1 for the printed (−1)k(-1)^k(−1)k in Theorem 3.3 (c); λν\lambda\nuλν in the numerator of the §B.1.2 constant ρ∗\rho^*ρ∗. Lemma A.1 uses exactly its stated hypotheses; its printed "hence convex" claim does not follow from them and is not needed for its inequalities.

A trivializing formalization is excluded: the radius is Hadamard's lim inf⁡\liminfliminf in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞], not a supremum of convergence points computed in R\mathbb RR (which would be 000 on an unbounded set), and the recursion carries the paper's a0=0a_0=0a0​=0 and ℓ=1,…,k−1\ell=1,\dots,k-1ℓ=1,…,k−1 conventions, so that a2=μν/Γ(2α+1)a_2=\mu\nu/\Gamma(2\alpha+1)a2​=μν/Γ(2α+1) and, at α=1,λ=ν=1,μ=0\alpha=1,\lambda=\nu=1,\mu=0α=1,λ=ν=1,μ=0, the coefficients are those of tan⁡\tantan (1,0,13,…1,0,\tfrac13,\dots1,0,31​,…), with τ∗=1\tau_*=1τ∗​=1 and R=π/2R=\pi/2R=π/2.

A complete development needs: real-analytic Gamma-function inequalities (log-convexity is in Mathlib; Kershaw's bounds are not); Riemann-sum estimates for symmetric monotone functions on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1); the Beta integral ∫01(u(1−u))α−1du=B(α,α)\int_0^1(u(1-u))^{\alpha-1}du=B(\alpha,\alpha)∫01​(u(1−u))α−1du=B(α,α) (Mathlib has Complex.betaIntegral); and lim inf⁡\liminfliminf manipulations of nnn-th roots in ℝ≥0∞. The Gamma-ratio and Riemann-sum lemmas are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone, and alternative proofs of the radius bounds, are welcome.

Not formalized: the "Moreover" sentences of Theorem 3.3 (b) (monotonicity and blow-up of the maximal Riccati solution) and (c) (convergence at the radius), the non-homogeneous Theorem 6.1, and the numerical scheme of §4–§5.

Selected references

  • G. Callegaro, M. Grasselli, G. Pagès, Fast Hybrid Schemes for Fractional Riccati Equations (Rough is not so Tough), Mathematics of Operations Research 46(1), 2021; arXiv:1805.12587v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1805.12587
  • O. El Euch, M. Rosenbaum, The characteristic function of rough Heston models, Mathematical Finance 29(1):3–38, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1111/mafi.12173
  • D. Kershaw, Some extensions of W. Gautschi's inequalities for the gamma function, Mathematics of Computation 41(164):607–611, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0025-5718-1983-0717710-7
  • E. Abi Jaber, M. Larsson, S. Pulido, Affine Volterra processes, Annals of Applied Probability 29(5):3155–3200, 2019; arXiv:1708.08796. https://arxiv.org/abs/1708.08796
13 thms1 active userReviewed
🏆Completed
EconomicsOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Courier Dispatch in On-Demand Delivery II: In a Crowded Market with Endogenous Demand, Batch Delivery Earns More Exactly Below One Threshold in Wait Cost and in Service RadiusResearch Paper

Why dispatch and pricing interact

A delivery vendor controls both how a courier serves orders and what customers pay. Serving one order per trip avoids waiting for a second order, but serving two together can save travel time when demand is high. If the vendor can change its price, it also changes the rate at which customers join the system. The preferred dispatch rule therefore depends on an economic decision as well as a queueing calculation. Chen and Hu study this interaction for a single courier in a disk-shaped market and compare the vendor's revenue under dedicated and two-order batch delivery in their paper. The present mission concerns their crowded-market results, Propositions 3 and 4, in the authors' SSRN version of 2022-09-21.

The paper first analyzes fixed demand rates, then lets the vendor choose a demand rate by setting a price. The latter decision changes the comparison: customers with a high cost of waiting favor a less crowded, dedicated service, while sufficiently patient customers can make batching more profitable. The service radius has an analogous effect. The paper's threshold is expressed through the product of wait cost and radius, so these two comparative statics describe the same switch Chen and Hu, §5 and Online Appendix A.

Delivery model and limiting revenue

A vendor is located at the center of a disk of radius r>0r>0r>0. Customers arrive at locations uniformly distributed over that disk. The vendor has one courier and chooses between dedicated delivery, one order per round trip, and batch delivery, two orders per trip. The effective demand rate is λ\lambdaλ. A customer incurs wait cost at rate c>0c>0c>0 and has a valuation in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The vendor's price induces its chosen demand rate. Chen and Hu give the dedicated service rate μD=3/(4r)\mu_D=3/(4r)μD​=3/(4r) and batch service rate μB=45π/[4r(32+15π)]\mu_B=45\pi/[4r(32+15\pi)]μB​=45π/[4r(32+15π)] in equations (4) and (9).

The paper uses the following expected waiting times, with variation coefficients CD=9/8C_D=9/8CD​=9/8 and CB≈0.583C_B\approx0.583CB​≈0.583:

WD(λ,μ,C)=λC2μ(μ−λ),WB(r,λ,μ,C)=12λ+λC2μ(2μ−λ)+r3.W_D(\lambda,\mu,C)=\frac{\lambda C}{2\mu(\mu-\lambda)},\qquad W_B(r,\lambda,\mu,C)=\frac{1}{2\lambda}+\frac{\lambda C}{2\mu(2\mu-\lambda)}+\frac r3.WD​(λ,μ,C)=2μ(μ−λ)λC​,WB​(r,λ,μ,C)=2λ1​+2μ(2μ−λ)λC​+3r​.

Dedicated delivery is evaluated for 0≤λ<μD0\le\lambda<\mu_D0≤λ<μD​; batch delivery for 0<λ<2μB0<\lambda<2\mu_B0<λ<2μB​. The first batch term is the wait to form a pair. The final term represents travel while the other order is delivered. The batch in-line wait is the paper's Kingman-based approximation for an E2/G/1E_2/G/1E2​/G/1 queue, whereas the dedicated in-line wait uses its M/G/1M/G/1M/G/1 expression equations (5), (11), and (12).

In a finite market, the valuation distribution affects the price needed to induce demand. As the potential arrival rate grows, the paper's crowded-market revenue becomes

V∞(λ,w)=λ(1−cw).V_\infty(\lambda,w)=\lambda(1-cw).V∞​(λ,w)=λ(1−cw).

For each dispatch rule, insert its wait into this function and optimize over its stable demand range. The resulting optimal revenues are denoted Opt⁡D(c,r)\operatorname{Opt}_D(c,r)OptD​(c,r) and Opt⁡B(CB,c,r)\operatorname{Opt}_B(C_B,c,r)OptB​(CB​,c,r). The mission uses suprema to express these values. The paper motivates this limiting objective in (14)–(15) and Lemma 1 (16)–(17).

Formalization targets

One threshold for both parameters

The goal is a single α∗>0\alpha^*>0α∗>0 such that, for every c,r>0c,r>0c,r>0,

Opt⁡B(CB,c,r)>Opt⁡D(c,r)⟺cr<α∗,Opt⁡D(c,r)>Opt⁡B(CB,c,r)⟺cr>α∗.\operatorname{Opt}_B(C_B,c,r)>\operatorname{Opt}_D(c,r)\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad cr<\alpha^*, \qquad \operatorname{Opt}_D(c,r)>\operatorname{Opt}_B(C_B,c,r)\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad cr>\alpha^*.OptB​(CB​,c,r)>OptD​(c,r)⟺cr<α∗,OptD​(c,r)>OptB​(CB​,c,r)⟺cr>α∗.

Thus the wait-cost threshold at a fixed radius is c∞=α∗/rc_\infty=\alpha^*/rc∞​=α∗/r, and the radius threshold at a fixed wait cost is r∞=α∗/cr_\infty=\alpha^*/cr∞​=α∗/c. At the threshold the two optimized revenues agree. For the paper's numerical CB=0.583C_B=0.583CB​=0.583, it reports α∗≈0.1355\alpha^*\approx0.1355α∗≈0.1355 Online Appendix (A.7)–(A.8).

Demand and price at the switch

As either ccc or rrr increases through its threshold, the optimal demand rate has a downward jump and the corresponding optimal price has an upward jump. The formal statements require both one-sided limits to exist and the inequalities between them to be strict. They cover every selection of optimal demands, including any ambiguity at the tie. These are parts (ii) of Propositions 3 and 4.

The milestones cover strict concavity of the revenue objectives, their explicit optimizers and values where attained, the single crossing of the revenue gap, the demand comparison at the tie, and the two propositions individually. The goal combines those propositions through the common product crcrcr.

What the result and formalization establish

The threshold tells the vendor which dispatch rule maximizes limiting revenue after the price has been adjusted optimally. It also locates a discontinuous operational change: a small movement in customer impatience or service area across the threshold changes the chosen mode, demand rate, and price. Comparing the waiting-time formulas at one fixed demand would not provide this revenue decision, because each mode can choose a different demand rate Chen and Hu, §5.

Chen and Hu prove the paper result analytically, while the threshold and its supporting claims here are proposed Lean statements awaiting proofs. A completed formalization would connect exact claims about the rational waiting-time expressions, optimization over open stability ranges, the unique revenue crossing, and one-sided limits. It would also record which conclusions use the paper's approximated batch wait and numerically estimated coefficient. These are reusable patterns for queue-based pricing models, even though this mission formalizes this paper's particular geometry and service rules.

Where the argument is delicate

The two dispatch modes have different singular boundaries and different optimizers. The batch wait diverges as demand tends to zero, yet batch revenue can have a finite boundary supremum that is not attained for some parameter values. The dedicated objective has a different service-rate pole. Consequently, replacing either optimization with an unrestricted real supremum, or asserting that every batch supremum has a maximizer, changes the claim. The revenue comparison also needs one crossing for the full positive range of crcrcr, including values beyond the range where the appendix's interior batch optimizer applies. Finally, a strict jump in demand does not by itself supply the existence of both one-sided limits; the formal statements ask for those limits explicitly Online Appendix A.

Formalization scope

Lean uses real-valued r,c,λr,c,\lambdar,c,λ and the paper's closed-form waits, service rates, and limiting revenue. The name lam denotes λ\lambdaλ. The batch coefficient is a real parameter satisfying 0.58≤CB≤0.590.58\le C_B\le0.590.58≤CB​≤0.59, an explicit interval around the paper's numerical 0.5830.5830.583 rather than a claimed exact evaluation of its integral. Every threshold statement assumes c,r>0c,r>0c,r>0; the auxiliary optimum statements use the page's cr<TBcr<T_Bcr<TB​ range when they assert an interior maximizer. The domains are [0,μD)[0,\mu_D)[0,μD​) and (0,2μB)(0,2\mu_B)(0,2μB​), with zero excluded for batch because its 1/(2λ)1/(2\lambda)1/(2λ) wait is singular. The optimal revenues are defined as suprema of the actual objective images. The threshold is existential and is never defined from the desired answer.

The formal development does not construct the Poisson arrival process, random trip lengths, M/G/1M/G/1M/G/1 queue, or E2/G/1E_2/G/1E2​/G/1 approximation behind the waits. It takes the paper's equations (5) and (12) as definitions. The finite-density function VnV_nVn​ is recorded for context, but Lemma 1's convergence from finite to limiting optimized revenue is outside this mission's milestone list; the goal is explicitly the crowded-market limit. The printed (A.6)–(A.8) contain a coefficient error in the batch value, so the formal batch value uses the corrected expression and defines the revenue gap directly from the suprema. The printed batch optimization interval includes zero, which the stated waiting-time formula does not support. Definitions for objectives, stable domains, optimal demand, and one-sided jumps are reusable within related pricing formalizations. Contributions that establish the stated optimizer, crossing, or limit claims without changing their domains are within scope Chen and Hu, equations (12), (15), (A.3)–(A.8).

Selected references

  • Mingliu Chen and Ming Hu, Courier Dispatch in On-Demand Delivery, SSRN preprint 3675063, version of 2022-09-21. SSRN record and paper.
  • Mingliu Chen and Ming Hu, Courier Dispatch in On-Demand Delivery, Management Science, 2023, DOI 10.1287/mnsc.2023.4858. The formal statements use the SSRN version above.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMechanism DesignOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Mechanism Design under Approximate Incentive Compatibility 4: Randomized Perturbed Delayed Mechanisms Gain Ω(ε^(α/(2α−1))) Revenue Under Local α-Power EnvelopesResearch Paper

Motivation

Classical mechanism design assumes that agents optimize exactly: a buyer facing a menu of lotteries picks the one that maximizes expected utility, and an incentive compatible (IC) mechanism makes truth-telling optimal. Buyers that are only approximately rational, or that face small costs of computing or reporting, need only be made to prefer the truth up to a slack ε\varepsilonε. Approximate incentive compatibility (ε\varepsilonε-IC) is the corresponding relaxation of the IC constraints. It is also used in computer science as a robustness notion and in learning settings where a mechanism is only approximately optimal for the buyer.

Balseiro, Besbes and Castro (arXiv:2103.03403) ask how much revenue a seller of one item can gain from such a relaxation. For a single buyer, Myerson's theory gives the IC optimum as a posted price. With ε\varepsilonε-IC the feasible set grows, and the paper determines the order of the additional revenue as ε↓0\varepsilon\downarrow 0ε↓0.

Timeline. The rounding argument attributed to Noam Nisan, first used by Balcan, Blum, Hartline and Mansour (FOCS 2005), turns an ε\varepsilonε-IC mechanism into an IC one with a small revenue loss; for a single buyer it bounds the gain by O(ε)O(\sqrt\varepsilon)O(ε​) for every distribution (Proposition 1 of the paper). Balseiro, Besbes and Castro (2021; v2 2022; Operations Research 2024) prove an O~(εα/(2α−1))\tilde O(\varepsilon^{\alpha/(2\alpha-1)})O~(εα/(2α−1)) upper bound (Theorem 1) under a curvature condition on the revenue curve, show that deterministic mechanisms gain only Θ(ε)\Theta(\varepsilon)Θ(ε) (Theorem 2), and give a matching Ω(εα/(2α−1))\Omega(\varepsilon^{\alpha/(2\alpha-1)})Ω(εα/(2α−1)) lower bound by an explicit randomized construction (Theorem 3). This mission formalizes the lower bound.

Setting

A seller sells one item to one buyer. The buyer's value vvv has a cumulative distribution function FFF with density fff supported on S=[0,vˉ]S=[0,\bar v]S=[0,vˉ], vˉ>0\bar v>0vˉ>0. Assumption 1 requires fff to have bounded variation on SSS. Write Fˉ=1−F\bar F=1-FFˉ=1−F, the revenue curve R(v)=v Fˉ(v)R(v)=v\,\bar F(v)R(v)=vFˉ(v) (the revenue of a posted price vvv), and R˙(v)=Fˉ(v)−vf(v)\dot R(v)=\bar F(v)-v f(v)R˙(v)=Fˉ(v)−vf(v).

A direct mechanism m=(x,t)m=(x,t)m=(x,t) gives a buyer who reports vvv the item with probability x(v)∈[0,1]x(v)\in[0,1]x(v)∈[0,1] and charges t(v)t(v)t(v). It is individually rational (IR) if v x(v)−t(v)≥0v\,x(v)-t(v)\ge 0vx(v)−t(v)≥0 for all v∈Sv\in Sv∈S, and ε\varepsilonε-incentive compatible (ICε_\varepsilonε​) if

v x(v)−t(v) ≥ v x(v′)−t(v′)−ε∀v,v′∈S.v\,x(v)-t(v)\ \ge\ v\,x(v')-t(v')-\varepsilon\qquad\forall v,v'\in S.vx(v)−t(v) ≥ vx(v′)−t(v′)−ε∀v,v′∈S.

M(ε)\mathcal M(\varepsilon)M(ε) is the set of IR and ICε_\varepsilonε​ mechanisms, Π(m)=∫0vˉt(v)f(v) dv\Pi(m)=\int_0^{\bar v}t(v)f(v)\,dvΠ(m)=∫0vˉ​t(v)f(v)dv the expected revenue, and Π⋆(M(ε))=sup⁡m∈M(ε)Π(m)\Pi^\star(\mathcal M(\varepsilon))=\sup_{m\in\mathcal M(\varepsilon)}\Pi(m)Π⋆(M(ε))=supm∈M(ε)​Π(m). A best reporting mapping v⋆v^\starv⋆ for mmm picks, for each value vvv, a report in arg⁡max⁡w∈S{v x(w)−t(w)}\arg\max_{w\in S}\{v\,x(w)-t(w)\}argmaxw∈S​{vx(w)−t(w)}.

Local α\alphaα-power envelopes (Definition 1): RRR has a unique maximizer p⋆p^\starp⋆ on SSS, interior, and there are α>1\alpha>1α>1, κL,κU>0\kappa_L,\kappa_U>0κL​,κU​>0 and ℓ>0\ell>0ℓ>0 with (p⋆−ℓ,p⋆+ℓ)⊂(0,vˉ)(p^\star-\ell,p^\star+\ell)\subset(0,\bar v)(p⋆−ℓ,p⋆+ℓ)⊂(0,vˉ) and

κLα∣v−p⋆∣α≤(p⋆−v) R˙(v)≤κUα∣v−p⋆∣αon (p⋆−ℓ,p⋆+ℓ).\kappa_L\alpha|v-p^\star|^\alpha\le(p^\star-v)\,\dot R(v)\le\kappa_U\alpha|v-p^\star|^\alpha\quad\text{on }(p^\star-\ell,p^\star+\ell).κL​α∣v−p⋆∣α≤(p⋆−v)R˙(v)≤κU​α∣v−p⋆∣αon (p⋆−ℓ,p⋆+ℓ).

The parameter α\alphaα measures how flat RRR is at its peak; α=2\alpha=2α=2 is the generic smooth case.

Perturbed delayed mechanisms (§5.1). For μ,δ>0\mu,\delta>0μ,δ>0 the buyer is steered to report v⋆(v ∣ μ,δ)v^\star(v\,|\,\mu,\delta)v⋆(v∣μ,δ), equal to 000 below p⋆−δp^\star-\deltap⋆−δ, to v−μv-\muv−μ on [p⋆−δ,p⋆+δ+μ][p^\star-\delta,p^\star+\delta+\mu][p⋆−δ,p⋆+δ+μ], and to p⋆+δp^\star+\deltap⋆+δ above. With www its generalized inverse, the allocation xpdx_{pd}xpd​ solves on [0,p⋆+δ][0,p^\star+\delta][0,p⋆+δ] the ordinary and delay differential equations

x˙(v)=x(v)w(v)−v  (v≤p⋆−δ),x(0)=εp⋆−δ,x˙(v)=x(v)−x(v⋆(v))w(v)−v  (p⋆−δ≤v≤p⋆+δ),\dot x(v)=\frac{x(v)}{w(v)-v}\ \ (v\le p^\star-\delta),\qquad x(0)=\frac{\varepsilon}{p^\star-\delta},\qquad \dot x(v)=\frac{x(v)-x(v^\star(v))}{w(v)-v}\ \ (p^\star-\delta\le v\le p^\star+\delta),x˙(v)=w(v)−vx(v)​  (v≤p⋆−δ),x(0)=p⋆−δε​,x˙(v)=w(v)−vx(v)−x(v⋆(v))​  (p⋆−δ≤v≤p⋆+δ),

is 111 above p⋆+δp^\star+\deltap⋆+δ, and the payment tpdt_{pd}tpd​ is given explicitly in terms of xpdx_{pd}xpd​ and v⋆v^\starv⋆.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 27)

Under Assumption 1 and local α\alphaα-power envelopes there are C>0C>0C>0 and ε0>0\varepsilon_0>0ε0​>0 such that for all ε∈(0,ε0]\varepsilon\in(0,\varepsilon_0]ε∈(0,ε0​] some m∈M(ε)m\in\mathcal M(\varepsilon)m∈M(ε) satisfies

Π(m) ≥ Π⋆(M(0))+C εα/(2α−1).\Pi(m)\ \ge\ \Pi^\star(\mathcal M(0))+C\,\varepsilon^{\alpha/(2\alpha-1)} .Π(m) ≥ Π⋆(M(0))+Cεα/(2α−1).

The constants may depend on the distribution, but not on ε\varepsilonε.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 5 (p. 59): solutions of (ODE)-(DDE) are non-decreasing on [0,p⋆+δ][0,p^\star+\delta][0,p⋆+δ].
  2. Proposition 3 (p. 31): if xpd(v)→1x_{pd}(v)\to 1xpd​(v)→1 as v↑p⋆+δv\uparrow p^\star+\deltav↑p⋆+δ, then v⋆(⋅ ∣ μ,δ)v^\star(\cdot\,|\,\mu,\delta)v⋆(⋅∣μ,δ) is a best reporting mapping for mpdm_{pd}mpd​.
  3. Proposition 4 (p. 33): the system has a unique solution on [0,p⋆+δ][0,p^\star+\delta][0,p⋆+δ], which is positive, non-decreasing and given in closed form (eq. (25)).
  4. Lemma 6 (p. 60): with Γ(t)=∑j=0⌊t⌋+1(−1)je−jj!(t+1−j)j\Gamma(t)=\sum_{j=0}^{\lfloor t\rfloor+1}\frac{(-1)^je^{-j}}{j!}(t+1-j)^jΓ(t)=∑j=0⌊t⌋+1​j!(−1)je−j​(t+1−j)j,
2(t+1)e−1e−t<Γ(t)≤2(t+2)e−(t+1)(t≥0).2(t+1)e^{-1}e^{-t}<\Gamma(t)\le2(t+2)e^{-(t+1)}\qquad(t\ge0).2(t+1)e−1e−t<Γ(t)≤2(t+2)e−(t+1)(t≥0).
  1. Proposition 5 (p. 34): for μ>εe\mu>\varepsilon eμ>εe some δ∈[μ2/(4ε)−μ, μ2/(4ε)]\delta\in[\mu^2/(4\varepsilon)-\mu,\ \mu^2/(4\varepsilon)]δ∈[μ2/(4ε)−μ, μ2/(4ε)] makes xpdx_{pd}xpd​ reach 111 at p⋆+δp^\star+\deltap⋆+δ, and then mpd∈M(ε)m_{pd}\in\mathcal M(\varepsilon)mpd​∈M(ε).
  2. Proposition 6 (p. 35): the revenue identity
Π(mpd)=∫0p⋆+δxpd(v)(vf(v)−Fˉ(v+μ)w˙(v))dv+R(p⋆+δ)+∫p⋆+δp⋆+δ+μFˉ(v) dv.\Pi(m_{pd})=\int_0^{p^\star+\delta}x_{pd}(v)\big(vf(v)-\bar F(v+\mu)\dot w(v)\big)dv+R(p^\star+\delta)+\int_{p^\star+\delta}^{p^\star+\delta+\mu}\bar F(v)\,dv .Π(mpd​)=∫0p⋆+δ​xpd​(v)(vf(v)−Fˉ(v+μ)w˙(v))dv+R(p⋆+δ)+∫p⋆+δp⋆+δ+μ​Fˉ(v)dv.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 shows that the O~(εα/(2α−1))\tilde O(\varepsilon^{\alpha/(2\alpha-1)})O~(εα/(2α−1)) upper bound of Theorem 1 is tight up to the logarithm. Since α/(2α−1)<1\alpha/(2\alpha-1)<1α/(2α−1)<1 for α>1\alpha>1α>1, the revenue gain from approximate incentive compatibility is supralinear in ε\varepsilonε: a seller who exploits ε\varepsilonε-optimizing buyers gains strictly more than the order-ε\varepsilonε gain available to deterministic mechanisms (Theorem 2). Randomization is therefore what makes the relaxation valuable, and the curvature α\alphaα of the revenue curve at the optimal price determines the exponent, which ranges from 111 (as α↓1\alpha\downarrow1α↓1) to 1/21/21/2 (as α→∞\alpha\to\inftyα→∞), the latter matching Nisan's universal bound.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper's online appendix; none of it is formalized. A formal development would supply a machine-checked revenue lower bound for an explicit class of ε\varepsilonε-IC mechanisms, a formal treatment of a linear delay differential equation with a piecewise history (method of steps, closed-form solution), and the two-sided bound on Γ\GammaΓ, which the paper derives from the renewal function of uniform interarrival times.

Difficulty

The obvious approach, perturbing the optimal posted price or a hard/soft floor mechanism, gains only order ε\varepsilonε (Theorem 2). To gain more, the mechanism must make the buyer misreport downward in a coordinated way, and the allocation that sustains a prescribed misreporting strategy is the solution of a delay differential equation. Three steps are delicate: showing that this solution exists, is unique and is monotone (the delay term couples x(v)x(v)x(v) to x(v−μ)x(v-\mu)x(v−μ)); choosing the delay δ\deltaδ so that the allocation reaches exactly 111 at p⋆+δp^\star+\deltap⋆+δ, which requires the sharp two-sided bound on Γ\GammaΓ and an intermediate value argument; and verifying global ε\varepsilonε-IC, since a best-response argument must rule out every deviation, not only local ones. The final bound balances the gain Fˉ(p⋆+δ+μ) μ\bar F(p^\star+\delta+\mu)\,\muFˉ(p⋆+δ+μ)μ against losses of order κU(δ+μ)α\kappa_U(\delta+\mu)^\alphaκU​(δ+μ)α, with μ\muμ of order εα/(2α−1)\varepsilon^{\alpha/(2\alpha-1)}εα/(2α−1).

Formalization scope

Values are reals, every function is a total function R→R\mathbb R\to\mathbb RR→R whose values matter only on S=[0,vˉ]S=[0,\bar v]S=[0,vˉ], and the density is integrable on SSS with total mass 111. Mechanisms are required to be measurable, which the expectation Ev[t(v)]\mathbb E_v[t(v)]Ev​[t(v)] presumes. Π⋆\Pi^\starΠ⋆ is a supremum (sSup); the goal is stated with an explicit witness m∈M(ε)m\in\mathcal M(\varepsilon)m∈M(ε), which is equivalent because the revenue image is nonempty and bounded above by vˉ\bar vvˉ. R˙\dot RR˙ is defined as Fˉ−vf\bar F-vfFˉ−vf, not as a derivative. The Ω\OmegaΩ constants are quantified after the distribution and before ε\varepsilonε.

The derivatives in (ODE)-(DDE) are one-sided at the endpoints of their closed intervals. At p⋆−δp^\star-\deltap⋆−δ the two right-hand sides differ, so a two-sided derivative would make the system unsolvable and every statement about its solutions vacuous; this encoding rules out that trivialization. The goal does not mention perturbed delayed mechanisms: any witness is acceptable.

Disclosed additions relative to the page: μ≤p⋆−δ\mu\le p^\star-\deltaμ≤p⋆−δ in the §5.1 statements (presumed by the paper's definition of www); Propositions 3–6 and Lemma 5 are stated for any price p⋆p^\starp⋆ with 0<δ<p⋆0<\delta<p^\star0<δ<p⋆ and p⋆+δ+μ<vˉp^\star+\delta+\mu<\bar vp⋆+δ+μ<vˉ, since their proofs never use optimality of p⋆p^\starp⋆; in Proposition 6 the integrand ψ⋅f\psi\cdot fψ⋅f is written in product form because ψ\psiψ divides by fff.

A complete development needs: absolutely continuous distribution functions and integration by parts on intervals; existence and uniqueness for linear ODEs and for a delay equation by the method of steps; Irwin–Hall distributions or a direct analytic bound for Lemma 6; and the intermediate value theorem. The delay-equation and Γ\GammaΓ results are reusable outside mechanism design. Contributions to any milestone, and alternative proofs of Lemma 6, are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. R. Balseiro, O. Besbes, F. Castro, Mechanism Design under Approximate Incentive Compatibility, arXiv:2103.03403v2, 2022; Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2103.03403
  • M.-F. Balcan, A. Blum, J. D. Hartline, Y. Mansour, Mechanism Design via Machine Learning, FOCS 2005, 605–614. https://doi.org/10.1109/SFCS.2005.50
  • R. B. Myerson, Optimal Auction Design, Mathematics of Operations Research 6(1), 58–73, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.6.1.58
  • P. Milgrom, I. Segal, Envelope Theorems for Arbitrary Choice Sets, Econometrica 70(2), 583–601, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0262.00296
  • R. D. Driver, Ordinary and Delay Differential Equations, Springer, 1977 (reprint 2012). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-9467-9
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Generalized Newton Method for Subgradient Systems 2: Under Metric Regularity and Semismoothness*, the FBE-Based Newton Algorithm Converges Superlinearly in Quadratic Composite OptimizationResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization models in statistics, signal processing and machine learning minimize a smooth loss plus a nonsmooth regularizer, min⁡xf(x)+g(x)\min_x f(x)+g(x)minx​f(x)+g(x). When fff is quadratic this is the quadratic composite problem, which also appears as the subproblem of sequential quadratic programming and of proximal Newton methods. First-order splitting methods (proximal gradient, forward-backward) handle such problems with only the proximal mapping of ggg, but converge at best linearly. Newton-type methods converge superlinearly but classically need either smoothness or convexity of ggg, or strong regularity (uniqueness and Lipschitz stability) of the solution.

Khanh, Mordukhovich and Phat (arXiv:2009.10551v2, 2022; Mathematics of Operations Research 2023) designed a Newton-type method for the stationarity inclusion 0∈∂φ(x)0\in\partial\varphi(x)0∈∂φ(x) of a nonconvex composite cost whose steps use only the proximal mapping and the second-order subdifferential (generalized Hessian) of ggg, and proved local superlinear convergence under metric regularity rather than strong metric regularity. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 7.8 of the paper, together with the chain of propositions through which it is proved.

Setting

Work in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean inner product. A function g:Rn→(−∞,+∞]g:\mathbb R^n\to(-\infty,+\infty]g:Rn→(−∞,+∞] is proper if it is finite somewhere, and prox-bounded if it is bounded below by a quadratic −a∥x∥2−c-a\|x\|^2-c−a∥x∥2−c. The limiting subdifferential ∂g(x)\partial g(x)∂g(x) collects limits of Fréchet subgradients at nearby points with nearby values.

For a set-valued map G:Rn⇉RmG:\mathbb R^n\rightrightarrows\mathbb R^mG:Rn⇉Rm the limiting coderivative D∗G(x,y)(w)D^*G(x,y)(w)D∗G(x,y)(w) is the set of uuu with (u,−w)(u,-w)(u,−w) a limiting normal to gph⁡G\operatorname{gph}GgphG at (x,y)(x,y)(x,y); the second-order subdifferential is ∂2g(x,v)=D∗(∂g)(x,v)\partial^2g(x,v)=D^*(\partial g)(x,v)∂2g(x,v)=D∗(∂g)(x,v). GGG is metrically regular around (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar x,\bar y)(xˉ,yˉ​) if dist⁡(x;G−1(y))≤μdist⁡(y;G(x))\operatorname{dist}(x;G^{-1}(y))\le\mu\operatorname{dist}(y;G(x))dist(x;G−1(y))≤μdist(y;G(x)) near (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar x,\bar y)(xˉ,yˉ​), and semismooth* at (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar x,\bar y)(xˉ,yˉ​) if ⟨u∗,u⟩=⟨v∗,v⟩\langle u^*,u\rangle=\langle v^*,v\rangle⟨u∗,u⟩=⟨v∗,v⟩ for every u∗u^*u∗ in the directional coderivative D∗G((xˉ,yˉ);(u,v))(v∗)D^*G((\bar x,\bar y);(u,v))(v^*)D∗G((xˉ,yˉ​);(u,v))(v∗).

ggg is prox-regular at xˉ\bar xxˉ for vˉ∈∂g(xˉ)\bar v\in\partial g(\bar x)vˉ∈∂g(xˉ) with modulus r>0r>0r>0 if it is lower semicontinuous near xˉ\bar xxˉ and, for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0,

g(x)≥g(u)+⟨v,x−u⟩−r2∥x−u∥2g(x)\ge g(u)+\langle v,x-u\rangle-\tfrac r2\|x-u\|^2g(x)≥g(u)+⟨v,x−u⟩−2r​∥x−u∥2

for x,ux,ux,u within ε\varepsilonε of xˉ\bar xxˉ, ∣g(u)−g(xˉ)∣<ε|g(u)-g(\bar x)|<\varepsilon∣g(u)−g(xˉ)∣<ε and v∈∂g(u)v\in\partial g(u)v∈∂g(u) within ε\varepsilonε of vˉ\bar vvˉ; continuously prox-regular if in addition g(xk)→g(xˉ)g(x_k)\to g(\bar x)g(xk​)→g(xˉ) along subgradient pairs (xk,vk)→(xˉ,vˉ)(x_k,v_k)\to(\bar x,\bar v)(xk​,vk​)→(xˉ,vˉ).

The cost is φ=f+g\varphi=f+gφ=f+g with f(x)=12⟨Ax,x⟩+⟨b,x⟩+αf(x)=\tfrac12\langle Ax,x\rangle+\langle b,x\rangle+\alphaf(x)=21​⟨Ax,x⟩+⟨b,x⟩+α, AAA symmetric. The proximal mapping Prox⁡γg(u)\operatorname{Prox}_{\gamma g}(u)Proxγg​(u) is the argmin set of y↦g(y)+12γ∥y−u∥2y\mapsto g(y)+\frac1{2\gamma}\|y-u\|^2y↦g(y)+2γ1​∥y−u∥2, and the forward-backward envelope (FBE) is

φγ(x)=inf⁡y{f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+g(y)+12γ∥y−x∥2}.\varphi_\gamma(x)=\inf_y\Big\{f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle+g(y)+\tfrac1{2\gamma}\|y-x\|^2\Big\}.φγ​(x)=yinf​{f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+g(y)+2γ1​∥y−x∥2}.

Algorithm 7.6 with parameter γ\gammaγ: if 0∈∂φ(xk)0\in\partial\varphi(x^k)0∈∂φ(xk) stop; otherwise set uk=xk−γ(Axk+b)u^k=x^k-\gamma(Ax^k+b)uk=xk−γ(Axk+b), pick vk∈Prox⁡γg(uk)v^k\in\operatorname{Prox}_{\gamma g}(u^k)vk∈Proxγg​(uk), choose dkd^kdk with

−1γ(xk−vk)−Adk∈∂2g(vk,1γ(uk−vk))(xk−vk+dk),-\tfrac1\gamma(x^k-v^k)-Ad^k\in\partial^2g\big(v^k,\tfrac1\gamma(u^k-v^k)\big)(x^k-v^k+d^k),−γ1​(xk−vk)−Adk∈∂2g(vk,γ1​(uk−vk))(xk−vk+dk),

and set xk+1=xk+dkx^{k+1}=x^k+d^kxk+1=xk+dk.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.8

Let ggg be proper, prox-bounded and continuously prox-regular at a stationary point xˉ\bar xxˉ (0∈∂φ(xˉ)0\in\partial\varphi(\bar x)0∈∂φ(xˉ)) for −Axˉ−b-A\bar x-b−Axˉ−b with modulus rrr, and let ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ satisfy at (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0): (H1) solvability of −v∈∂2φ(x,v)(d)-v\in\partial^2\varphi(x,v)(d)−v∈∂2φ(x,v)(d) near (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0), (H2) metric regularity, (H3) semismoothness*. Then

∃γ0∈(0,r−1] ∀γ∈(0,γ0) with I−γA nonsingular ∃U∋xˉ: Algorithm 7.6 is well-defined from U,\exists\gamma_0\in(0,r^{-1}]\ \forall\gamma\in(0,\gamma_0)\ \text{with }I-\gamma A\text{ nonsingular}\ \exists U\ni\bar x:\ \text{Algorithm 7.6 is well-defined from }U,∃γ0​∈(0,r−1] ∀γ∈(0,γ0​) with I−γA nonsingular ∃U∋xˉ: Algorithm 7.6 is well-defined from U,

and every run from x0∈Ux^0\in Ux0∈U converges Q-superlinearly to xˉ\bar xxˉ.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 5.7: the same conclusion for the C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 Newton method −∇φ(xk)∈∂⟨dk,∇φ⟩(xk)-\nabla\varphi(x^k)\in\partial\langle d^k,\nabla\varphi\rangle(x^k)−∇φ(xk)∈∂⟨dk,∇φ⟩(xk).
  2. Proposition 7.2: near xˉ\bar xxˉ, the prox-gradient map is single-valued and Lipschitz, φγ\varphi_\gammaφγ​ is C1C^1C1 with ∇φγ(x)=γ−1(I−γ∇2f(x))(x−Prox⁡γg(x−γ∇f(x)))\nabla\varphi_\gamma(x)=\gamma^{-1}(I-\gamma\nabla^2f(x))(x-\operatorname{Prox}_{\gamma g}(x-\gamma\nabla f(x)))∇φγ​(x)=γ−1(I−γ∇2f(x))(x−Proxγg​(x−γ∇f(x))), and ∇φγ(x)=0  ⟺  0∈∂φ(x)\nabla\varphi_\gamma(x)=0\iff0\in\partial\varphi(x)∇φγ​(x)=0⟺0∈∂φ(x).
  3. Proposition 7.3: the generalized Hessian of φγ\varphi_\gammaφγ​ in terms of ∂2g\partial^2 g∂2g.
  4. Remark 7.7: a step of Algorithm 7.6 is a step of Algorithm 5.3 for φγ\varphi_\gammaφγ​.
  5. Proposition 7.4(i): ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ is metrically regular iff ∇φγ\nabla\varphi_\gamma∇φγ​ is.
  6. Proposition 7.5: semismoothness* of ∂g\partial g∂g passes to ∇φγ\nabla\varphi_\gamma∇φγ​.

Significance

The result gives a locally superlinear method for nonconvex composite problems that uses only first- and second-order information of the regularizer, and it replaces strong metric regularity, which forces isolated solutions, by metric regularity. The FBE reduction (Propositions 7.2–7.5) is reusable on its own: it identifies the stationary points, the generalized Hessian, and the regularity of a nonsmooth composite cost with those of a smooth function.

Formalizing it builds the first machine-checked library of coderivative calculus on Prove2Me: normal cones to graphs, limiting and directional coderivatives, second-order subdifferentials, metric regularity and semismoothness*. As far as the platform record shows, none of the paper's results has a machine-checked proof. The paper's proofs lean on second-order sum and chain rules from Mordukhovich's monograph and on Poliquin–Rockafellar's analysis of Moreau envelopes of prox-regular functions; those external results are part of the work.

Difficulty

The FBE of a nonconvex ggg is not globally smooth; its smoothness near xˉ\bar xxˉ comes from the local single-valuedness of Prox⁡γg\operatorname{Prox}_{\gamma g}Proxγg​, which prox-regularity provides only for small γ\gammaγ and only near xˉ−γ∇f(xˉ)\bar x-\gamma\nabla f(\bar x)xˉ−γ∇f(xˉ). The printed parameter range γ∈(0,r−1)\gamma\in(0,r^{-1})γ∈(0,r−1) is too large: a far-away deep well of ggg can capture the proximal point (see the correction below). Transferring (H1)–(H3) from ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ to ∇φγ\nabla\varphi_\gamma∇φγ​ requires exact second-order calculus (sum and chain rules for coderivatives), not inclusions, and metric regularity is not preserved by the obvious estimates: the paper uses a coderivative characterization. Finally, Theorem 5.7 itself requires an inexact Newton analysis in which the Newton inclusion is solved by an arbitrary element of a coderivative, not by a matrix.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); products carry the sup norm, which does not change any normal cone. A symmetric AAA is a self-adjoint continuous linear operator.
  • ggg and φ\varphiφ take values in EReal; ggg is assumed proper. The envelopes are EReal-valued infima; wherever φγ\varphi_\gammaφγ​ is differentiated, finiteness on a neighbourhood is asserted and the real-valued function is differentiated. ∇2f(x)\nabla^2 f(x)∇2f(x) is the derivative of gradient f.
  • ∂\partial∂ is the published analytic limiting subdifferential NonconvexSplitting.Shared.LimitingSubdiff. It agrees with the paper's geometric definition (2.9) for functions lower semicontinuous around the point, which covers every function the statements apply it to.
  • Metric regularity uses dist⁡(⋅;∅)=+∞\operatorname{dist}(\cdot;\emptyset)=+\inftydist(⋅;∅)=+∞. Directional normals read tk↓0t_k\downarrow0tk​↓0 as tk>0t_k>0tk​>0, tk→0t_k\to0tk​→0. For a C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 or C1C^1C1 function, ∂2φ(x)\partial^2\varphi(x)∂2φ(x) is the coderivative of the single-valued gradient map.
  • The proximal mapping is the argmin set; runs may select any proximal point and any direction solving the Newton inclusion; conclusions hold for every run. The stop rule is a constant tail. "Well-defined from UUU" means every partial run from UUU can be continued. Q-superlinear convergence is in ε\varepsilonε-form, which avoids the ratio 0/00/00/0.
  • Correction. Propositions 7.2–7.5, Remark 7.7 and Theorem 7.8 are claimed for every γ∈(0,r−1)\gamma\in(0,r^{-1})γ∈(0,r−1); that is false. For n=1n=1n=1, A=0A=0A=0, b=0b=0b=0 and g(y)=12y2g(y)=\tfrac12y^2g(y)=21​y2 on [−5,5][-5,5][−5,5], g(y)=−1000−∣y−10∣g(y)=-1000-|y-10|g(y)=−1000−∣y−10∣ on [9,11][9,11][9,11], +∞+\infty+∞ elsewhere (xˉ=0\bar x=0xˉ=0, r=1r=1r=1, γ=12\gamma=\tfrac12γ=21​), Prox⁡γg={9}\operatorname{Prox}_{\gamma g}=\{9\}Proxγg​={9} near 000 and every run jumps to the stationary point 999. All these items are posed as "there is γ0∈(0,r−1]\gamma_0\in(0,r^{-1}]γ0​∈(0,r−1] such that for every γ∈(0,γ0)\gamma\in(0,\gamma_0)γ∈(0,γ0​)", the range the cited Poliquin–Rockafellar theorem supports. Theorem 5.7 is posed as printed.
  • The goal cannot be trivialized: γ0>0\gamma_0>0γ0​>0 is asserted, the convergence is claimed for every run and every admissible γ\gammaγ below γ0\gamma_0γ0​, and the hypotheses are satisfied, for instance, by g=12∥⋅∥2g=\tfrac12\|\cdot\|^2g=21​∥⋅∥2. Specializing ggg to be convex, A=0A=0A=0, AAA positive definite, or xˉ\bar xxˉ a tilt-stable minimizer would change the theorem and is not accepted.
  • Needed infrastructure: limiting normal cones and coderivatives, their sum and chain rules for a smooth plus a set-valued map, the Mordukhovich criterion, Moreau envelopes of prox-regular functions (Poliquin–Rockafellar). These are reusable well beyond this mission; contributions of any of them as separate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. D. Khanh, B. S. Mordukhovich, V. T. Phat, A Generalized Newton Method for Subgradient Systems, arXiv:2009.10551v2, 2022; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2009.10551
  • B. S. Mordukhovich, Variational Analysis and Generalized Differentiation I: Basic Theory, Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-31247-1
  • R. A. Poliquin, R. T. Rockafellar, Prox-regular functions in variational analysis, Transactions of the AMS 348 (1996) 1805–1838. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-96-01544-9
  • H. Gfrerer, J. V. Outrata, On a semismooth* Newton method for solving generalized equations, SIAM Journal on Optimization 31 (2021) 489–517. https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1257408
  • P. Patrinos, A. Bemporad, Proximal Newton methods for convex composite optimization, IEEE CDC 2013. https://doi.org/10.1109/CDC.2013.6760233
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Generalized Newton Method for Subgradient Systems 1: Under Metric Regularity and Semismoothness*, the Prox-Based Newton Algorithm Converges Superlinearly for Prox-Regular FunctionsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in optimization reduce to a subgradient inclusion 0∈∂φ(x)0\in\partial\varphi(x)0∈∂φ(x): for a smooth φ\varphiφ this is the gradient equation ∇φ(x)=0\nabla\varphi(x)=0∇φ(x)=0, and for an extended-real-valued φ=f+g\varphi=f+gφ=f+g (a smooth loss plus an indicator or a nonsmooth regularizer) it is the first-order optimality condition of a composite problem. Newton's method is the classical way to solve such equations with a superlinear rate, but its textbook form needs φ∈C2\varphi\in C^2φ∈C2 and a nonsingular Hessian. Khanh, Mordukhovich and Phat (arXiv:2009.10551v2, 2022; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023) design a Newton-type method in which the Hessian is replaced by Mordukhovich's second-order subdifferential ∂2φ\partial^2\varphi∂2φ, and prove local superlinear convergence under two assumptions that are weaker than the usual ones: metric regularity (instead of strong metric regularity or tilt stability) and the semismooth* property of Gfrerer and Outrata.

Timeline of the ingredients:

  • 1996: Poliquin and Rockafellar introduce prox-regular functions and show that, for small parameters, their Moreau envelopes are C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 near the reference point and their proximal mappings are single-valued and Lipschitz there (Trans. AMS 348).
  • 2002: Klatte and Kummer develop Newton methods for Lipschitzian equations through generalized derivatives (Nonsmooth Equations in Optimization, Kluwer).
  • 2021: Gfrerer and Outrata define semismooth* set-valued maps and a semismooth* Newton method (SIAM J. Optim. 31).
  • 2021: Mordukhovich and Sarabi give a generalized Newton method for tilt-stable minimizers of prox-regular functions (SIAM J. Optim. 31).
  • 2020/2022: Khanh, Mordukhovich and Phat replace tilt stability and strong metric regularity by metric regularity of ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ.

Setting

Let φ:Rn→(−∞,∞]\varphi:\mathbb R^n\to(-\infty,\infty]φ:Rn→(−∞,∞] be proper. Its limiting subdifferential ∂φ(x)\partial\varphi(x)∂φ(x) collects the limits of Fréchet subgradients at points xk→xx_k\to xxk​→x with φ(xk)→φ(x)\varphi(x_k)\to\varphi(x)φ(xk​)→φ(x). For a set Ω\OmegaΩ, the regular normal cone N^Ω(z)\widehat N_\Omega(z)NΩ​(z) contains the vectors aaa with ⟨a,w−z⟩≤o(∥w−z∥)\langle a,w-z\rangle\le o(\|w-z\|)⟨a,w−z⟩≤o(∥w−z∥) for w∈Ωw\in\Omegaw∈Ω; the limiting normal cone NΩ(z)N_\Omega(z)NΩ​(z) contains the limits of regular normals at nearby points. For a set-valued GGG, the coderivative is D∗G(x,y)(w)={u:(u,−w)∈Ngph⁡G(x,y)}D^*G(x,y)(w)=\{u:(u,-w)\in N_{\operatorname{gph}G}(x,y)\}D∗G(x,y)(w)={u:(u,−w)∈NgphG​(x,y)}, and the second-order subdifferential is ∂2φ(x,v)=D∗∂φ(x,v)\partial^2\varphi(x,v)=D^*\partial\varphi(x,v)∂2φ(x,v)=D∗∂φ(x,v).

The function φ\varphiφ is prox-regular at xˉ\bar xxˉ for vˉ∈∂φ(xˉ)\bar v\in\partial\varphi(\bar x)vˉ∈∂φ(xˉ) with modulus r>0r>0r>0 if it is l.s.c. around xˉ\bar xxˉ and, for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, φ(x)≥φ(u)+⟨v,x−u⟩−r2∥x−u∥2\varphi(x)\ge\varphi(u)+\langle v,x-u\rangle-\tfrac r2\|x-u\|^2φ(x)≥φ(u)+⟨v,x−u⟩−2r​∥x−u∥2 whenever x,ux,ux,u lie within ε\varepsilonε of xˉ\bar xxˉ, ∣φ(u)−φ(xˉ)∣<ε|\varphi(u)-\varphi(\bar x)|<\varepsilon∣φ(u)−φ(xˉ)∣<ε and v∈∂φ(u)v\in\partial\varphi(u)v∈∂φ(u) lies within ε\varepsilonε of vˉ\bar vvˉ. It is continuously prox-regular if, in addition, φ(xk)→φ(xˉ)\varphi(x_k)\to\varphi(\bar x)φ(xk​)→φ(xˉ) along every (xk,vk)→(xˉ,vˉ)(x_k,v_k)\to(\bar x,\bar v)(xk​,vk​)→(xˉ,vˉ) with vk∈∂φ(xk)v_k\in\partial\varphi(x_k)vk​∈∂φ(xk​). It is prox-bounded if it is bounded below by a quadratic function.

For λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, the Moreau envelope and proximal mapping are

eλφ(x)=inf⁡y{φ(y)+12λ∥y−x∥2},Prox⁡λφ(x)=argmin⁡y{φ(y)+12λ∥y−x∥2}.e_\lambda\varphi(x)=\inf_y\Big\{\varphi(y)+\tfrac1{2\lambda}\|y-x\|^2\Big\},\qquad \operatorname{Prox}_\lambda\varphi(x)=\operatorname*{argmin}_y\Big\{\varphi(y)+\tfrac1{2\lambda}\|y-x\|^2\Big\}.eλ​φ(x)=yinf​{φ(y)+2λ1​∥y−x∥2},Proxλ​φ(x)=yargmin​{φ(y)+2λ1​∥y−x∥2}.

Algorithm 6.2 starts at x0∈Uλ=rge⁡(I+λ∂φ)x^0\in U_\lambda=\operatorname{rge}(I+\lambda\partial\varphi)x0∈Uλ​=rge(I+λ∂φ). While 0∉∂φ(xk)0\notin\partial\varphi(x^k)0∈/∂φ(xk) it sets vk=λ−1(xk−Prox⁡λφ(xk))v^k=\lambda^{-1}(x^k-\operatorname{Prox}_\lambda\varphi(x^k))vk=λ−1(xk−Proxλ​φ(xk)), picks any dkd^kdk with −vk∈∂2φ(xk−λvk,vk)(λvk+dk)-v^k\in\partial^2\varphi(x^k-\lambda v^k,v^k)(\lambda v^k+d^k)−vk∈∂2φ(xk−λvk,vk)(λvk+dk), and moves to xk+1=xk+dkx^{k+1}=x^k+d^kxk+1=xk+dk.

The standing assumptions at a solution xˉ\bar xxˉ are:

  • (H1) the inclusion −v∈∂2φ(x,v)(d)-v\in\partial^2\varphi(x,v)(d)−v∈∂2φ(x,v)(d) is solvable for every (x,v)∈gph⁡∂φ(x,v)\in\operatorname{gph}\partial\varphi(x,v)∈gph∂φ near (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0);
  • (H2) ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ is metrically regular around (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0);
  • (H3) ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ is semismooth* at (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.6 (corrected parameter range)

If φ\varphiφ is proper, prox-bounded, continuously prox-regular at xˉ\bar xxˉ for 0∈∂φ(xˉ)0\in\partial\varphi(\bar x)0∈∂φ(xˉ) with constants r,εr,\varepsilonr,ε, and (H1)–(H3) hold, then

∃ λ0∈(0,r−1]  ∀λ∈(0,λ0)  ∃ U∈N(xˉ), U⊆Uλ: Algorithm 6.2 is well-defined from U and every run from U converges Q-superlinearly to xˉ.\exists\,\lambda_0\in(0,r^{-1}]\ \ \forall\lambda\in(0,\lambda_0)\ \ \exists\,U\in\mathcal N(\bar x),\ U\subseteq U_\lambda:\ \text{Algorithm 6.2 is well-defined from }U\text{ and every run from }U\text{ converges Q-superlinearly to }\bar x.∃λ0​∈(0,r−1]  ∀λ∈(0,λ0​)  ∃U∈N(xˉ), U⊆Uλ​: Algorithm 6.2 is well-defined from U and every run from U converges Q-superlinearly to xˉ.

Milestones

  • Lemma 5.4: for continuous FFF, metric regularity around xˉ\bar xxˉ holds iff ∥v∥≥c∥u∥\|v\|\ge c\|u\|∥v∥≥c∥u∥ for all v∈D∗F(x)(u)v\in D^*F(x)(u)v∈D∗F(x)(u), xxx near xˉ\bar xxˉ.
  • Lemma 5.6: D∗F(xˉ)(u1+u2)⊆D∗F(xˉ)(u1)+D∗F(xˉ)(u2)D^*F(\bar x)(u_1+u_2)\subseteq D^*F(\bar x)(u_1)+D^*F(\bar x)(u_2)D∗F(xˉ)(u1​+u2​)⊆D∗F(xˉ)(u1​)+D∗F(xˉ)(u2​) for locally Lipschitz FFF.
  • Lemma 5.5: for C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 φ\varphiφ, ∇φ\nabla\varphi∇φ is semismooth* at xˉ\bar xxˉ iff ∇φ(x)−∇φ(xˉ)−∂2φ(x)(x−xˉ)⊆o(∥x−xˉ∥)\nabla\varphi(x)-\nabla\varphi(\bar x)-\partial^2\varphi(x)(x-\bar x)\subseteq o(\|x-\bar x\|)∇φ(x)−∇φ(xˉ)−∂2φ(x)(x−xˉ)⊆o(∥x−xˉ∥).
  • Theorem 5.7: the C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 Newton method (Algorithm 5.3) converges locally Q-superlinearly under (H1)–(H3) for ∇φ\nabla\varphi∇φ.
  • Lemma 6.3 (i)–(iii), corrected: near xˉ+λvˉ\bar x+\lambda\bar vxˉ+λvˉ, and for λ\lambdaλ small, eλφe_\lambda\varphieλ​φ is C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1, Prox⁡λφ\operatorname{Prox}_\lambda\varphiProxλ​φ is single-valued, monotone and Lipschitz, and ∇eλφ(x)=λ−1(x−Prox⁡λφ(x))\nabla e_\lambda\varphi(x)=\lambda^{-1}(x-\operatorname{Prox}_\lambda\varphi(x))∇eλ​φ(x)=λ−1(x−Proxλ​φ(x)).
  • Lemma 6.4, corrected: x∗∈D∗∇eλφ(x,v)(v∗)  ⟺  x∗∈∂2φ(x−λv,v)(v∗−λx∗)x^*\in D^*\nabla e_\lambda\varphi(x,v)(v^*)\iff x^*\in\partial^2\varphi(x-\lambda v,v)(v^*-\lambda x^*)x∗∈D∗∇eλ​φ(x,v)(v∗)⟺x∗∈∂2φ(x−λv,v)(v∗−λx∗).
  • Remark 6.5, corrected: the steps of Algorithm 6.2 are the steps of Algorithm 5.3 for eλφe_\lambda\varphieλ​φ.

Significance

The result gives a Newton method for nonsmooth, nonconvex subgradient inclusions whose convergence does not require strong metric regularity. Example 5.2 of the paper exhibits a C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 function whose gradient is metrically regular and semismooth* but not strongly metrically regular, so the theorem covers solutions that earlier generalized Newton theories exclude. Through the Moreau envelope, the method reduces to a C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 gradient equation; the same reduction, with the forward–backward envelope, drives the paper's composite algorithm (the companion mission) and its applications to Lasso-type problems.

The paper's results are proved on paper; none of them, nor the underlying theory of coderivatives, second-order subdifferentials or semismooth* maps, is formalized in Mathlib. This mission produces a machine-checked development of that layer and of the convergence theorem. It also fixes a defect: as printed, Lemma 6.3 and Theorem 6.6 claim their conclusions for every λ∈(0,r−1)\lambda\in(0,r^{-1})λ∈(0,r−1), which is false (see Formalization scope); the formal statements are the corrected ones.

Difficulty

The obvious argument says "Algorithm 6.2 is Algorithm 5.3 for eλφe_\lambda\varphieλ​φ, so apply Theorem 5.7". Each step of that sentence carries the difficulty. Transferring (H1)–(H3) from ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ to ∇eλφ\nabla e_\lambda\varphi∇eλ​φ requires the coderivative of the inverse (λI+∂φ−1)−1(\lambda I+\partial\varphi^{-1})^{-1}(λI+∂φ−1)−1, which needs a local graphical calculus for limiting normals that Mathlib does not have. The C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 property of the envelope and single-valuedness of the proximal map hold only for small λ\lambdaλ and near xˉ+λvˉ\bar x+\lambda\bar vxˉ+λvˉ: prox-regularity is local while Prox⁡λφ\operatorname{Prox}_\lambda\varphiProxλ​φ minimizes globally, so a far-away deep well can capture the proximal point. Theorem 5.7 itself rests on a uniform coderivative bound from metric regularity (Lemma 5.4, a pointwise-to-uniform form of the Mordukhovich coderivative criterion) and on the semismooth* estimate (Lemma 5.5), which combines directional normal cones with the symmetry of generalized Hessians.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); definitions are stated on real inner product spaces, and E×FE\times FE×F carries the sup norm (the cones are norm-independent).
  • ∂\partial∂ is the published analytic limiting subdifferential NonconvexSplitting.Shared.LimitingSubdiff. It agrees with the paper's geometric (2.9) for functions l.s.c. around the point, which covers every function ∂\partial∂ is applied to here.
  • φ\varphiφ takes values in EReal and is assumed proper; the envelope is EReal-valued, and finiteness is asserted wherever it is differentiated.
  • Prox⁡λφ(x)\operatorname{Prox}_\lambda\varphi(x)Proxλ​φ(x) is the argmin set. A run of an algorithm selects any proximal point and any direction solving the Newton inclusion. The stop of Step 1 is a constant tail. Well-definedness means every partial run from UUU can be continued.
  • Metric regularity uses dist⁡(⋅;∅)=+∞\operatorname{dist}(\cdot;\emptyset)=+\inftydist(⋅;∅)=+∞. Q-superlinear convergence is stated in ε\varepsilonε-form, avoiding 0/00/00/0. C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 is local to a neighbourhood.
  • Correction. Lemma 6.3, Lemma 6.4, Remark 6.5 and Theorem 6.6 are posed as "there is λ0∈(0,r−1]\lambda_0\in(0,r^{-1}]λ0​∈(0,r−1] such that for every λ∈(0,λ0)\lambda\in(0,\lambda_0)λ∈(0,λ0​)", on neighbourhoods instead of UλU_\lambdaUλ​. As printed they fail for φ(y)=12y2\varphi(y)=\tfrac12y^2φ(y)=21​y2 on [−5,5][-5,5][−5,5], −1000−∣y−10∣-1000-|y-10|−1000−∣y−10∣ on [9,11][9,11][9,11], +∞+\infty+∞ elsewhere, with xˉ=0\bar x=0xˉ=0, r=1r=1r=1, λ=12\lambda=\tfrac12λ=21​: there Prox⁡λφ(x)={9}\operatorname{Prox}_\lambda\varphi(x)=\{9\}Proxλ​φ(x)={9} near 000, and Algorithm 6.2 jumps to the stationary point 999. Lemmas 5.4–5.6 and Theorem 5.7 are posed as printed.
  • Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: λ0>0\lambda_0>0λ0​>0 is part of the conclusion, so the ∀λ\forall\lambda∀λ is never vacuous; conclusions hold for every run rather than for a run chosen by Classical.choose; and φ\varphiφ is not specialized (no convexity, which would make Uλ=RnU_\lambda=\mathbb R^nUλ​=Rn; no C2C^2C2; no strong metric regularity; no assumption that xˉ\bar xxˉ is a minimizer).
  • Reusable infrastructure: normal cones to graphs, limiting and directional coderivatives, metric regularity, semismooth*, prox-regularity, Moreau envelopes. Formalizations of Mordukhovich's coderivative criterion, of the scalarization formula D∗F(xˉ)(u)=∂⟨u,F⟩(xˉ)D^*F(\bar x)(u)=\partial\langle u,F\rangle(\bar x)D∗F(xˉ)(u)=∂⟨u,F⟩(xˉ) for Lipschitz FFF, and of Poliquin–Rockafellar's Theorem 4.4 are especially welcome.

Selected references

  • P. D. Khanh, B. S. Mordukhovich, V. T. Phat, A Generalized Newton Method for Subgradient Systems, arXiv:2009.10551v2, 2022; Math. Oper. Res., 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2009.10551
  • R. A. Poliquin, R. T. Rockafellar, Prox-regular functions in variational analysis, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 348, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-96-01544-9
  • H. Gfrerer, J. V. Outrata, On a semismooth Newton method for solving generalized equations*, SIAM J. Optim. 31, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1257408
  • B. S. Mordukhovich, M. E. Sarabi, Generalized Newton algorithms for tilt-stable minimizers in nonsmooth optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 31, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1137/20M1329937
  • B. S. Mordukhovich, Variational Analysis and Generalized Differentiation I, Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-31247-1
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryEconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Punish Underperformance with Suspension: Optimal Dynamic Contracts in the Presence of Switching Cost IV: Low Switching Cost, Control-Band Value Functions Meet the Optimality ConditionsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many service relationships are dynamic contracts in which the principal cannot observe the agent's effort, only its noisy consequences. Cao, Sun and Tian (Management Science, 2024) study such a relationship when the principal can suspend the agent and must pay a fixed switching cost to restart work. Suspension is a punishment that does not end the relationship, and it is used in practice for platform workers, contractors and franchisees. The paper shows that, when the switching cost and the revenue are low, the optimal contract has a control-band structure: the agent's promised utility is kept inside an interval, the agent is suspended when it falls below the lower end, and work resumes at the upper end. Two-threshold policies of this kind are standard in optimal switching problems with switching costs (Duckworth and Zervos, 2001; Vath and Pham, 2007), whose verification arguments the paper compares with its own.

This mission is the fourth of a series formalizing the analytic core of the paper. It covers the low-switching-cost region (Area III of the paper's Figure 2).

Setting

A Poisson process of arrivals brings revenue RRR each. The base arrival rate is μ‾≥0\underline\mu\ge0μ​≥0; if the agent works, at cost b>0b>0b>0 per unit of time, the rate becomes μ>μ‾\mu>\underline\muμ>μ​. Write Δμ=μ−μ‾\Delta\mu=\mu-\underline\muΔμ=μ−μ​. The principal's cost rate while the agent works is c≥bc\ge bc≥b, restarting work costs K>0K>0K>0, and the principal and the agent discount at rates 0<r≤ρ0<r\le\rho0<r≤ρ. Assumption 1 is RΔμ>cR\Delta\mu>cRΔμ>c. The constants are

β=bΔμ,wˉ=βμρ,v‾=μ‾Rr,Vˉ=Rμ−c−(ρ−r)wˉr,Vˉ(w)=Rμ−c−(ρ−r)wr.\beta=\frac b{\Delta\mu},\quad \bar w=\frac{\beta\mu}\rho,\quad \underline v=\frac{\underline\mu R}r,\quad \bar V=\frac{R\mu-c-(\rho-r)\bar w}r,\quad \bar V(w)=\frac{R\mu-c-(\rho-r)w}r .β=Δμb​,wˉ=ρβμ​,v​=rμ​R​,Vˉ=rRμ−c−(ρ−r)wˉ​,Vˉ(w)=rRμ−c−(ρ−r)w​.

The promised utility w≥0w\ge0w≥0 is the state. For a function fff on R+\mathbb R_+R+​ with left derivative f′f'f′, the paper's operators are

(AIf)(w)=(μ+r)f(w)−μf(w+β)+ρ(wˉ−w)f′(w)−(μR−c)+(ρ−r)w,(\mathcal A_If)(w)=(\mu+r)f(w)-\mu f(w+\beta)+\rho(\bar w-w)f'(w)-(\mu R-c)+(\rho-r)w,(AI​f)(w)=(μ+r)f(w)−μf(w+β)+ρ(wˉ−w)f′(w)−(μR−c)+(ρ−r)w, (A∅f)(w)=rf(w)−ρwf′(w)+(ρ−r)w−Rμ‾,(\mathcal A_\emptyset f)(w)=rf(w)-\rho wf'(w)+(\rho-r)w-R\underline\mu,(A∅​f)(w)=rf(w)−ρwf′(w)+(ρ−r)w−Rμ​,

for the working state III and the suspended state ∅\emptyset∅. A pair (VI,V∅)(V_I,V_\emptyset)(VI​,V∅​) satisfies the optimality condition (20)–(22) if AIVI≥0\mathcal A_IV_I\ge0AI​VI​≥0, A∅V∅≥0\mathcal A_\emptyset V_\emptyset\ge0A∅​V∅​≥0, 0≤VI−V∅≤K0\le V_I-V_\emptyset\le K0≤VI​−V∅​≤K and VI(0),V∅(0)≥v‾V_I(0),V_\emptyset(0)\ge\underline vVI​(0),V∅​(0)≥v​.

Two families of functions enter. In the suspended state, Vc(w)=v‾+w+c wr/ρV_c(w)=\underline v+w+c\,w^{r/\rho}Vc​(w)=v​+w+cwr/ρ (24) solves A∅V=0\mathcal A_\emptyset V=0A∅​V=0 with V(0)=v‾V(0)=\underline vV(0)=v​. In the working state, for w~<wˉ\tilde w<\bar ww~<wˉ, Vw~V_{\tilde w}Vw~​ is the C1C^1C1 solution of the delay differential equation (25), in which V(w)V(w)V(w) is coupled to the look-ahead value V((w+β)∧w~)V((w+\beta)\wedge\tilde w)V((w+β)∧w~), with Vw~=Vˉ(w~)V_{\tilde w}=\bar V(\tilde w)Vw~​=Vˉ(w~) beyond w~\tilde ww~; Vw~\mathcal V_{\tilde w}Vw~​ is its concavification (Lemma 2), linear below a threshold wˇ(w~)\check w(\tilde w)wˇ(w~). Lemma 3's w^\hat{\mathrm w}w^ is the unique w~\tilde ww~ with Vw~(0)=v‾\mathcal V_{\tilde w}(0)=\underline vVw~​(0)=v​ under Condition 1.

The parameter regions are Condition 1 (μ≥ρ−r\mu\ge\rho-rμ≥ρ−r or R<R^R<\hat RR<R^), Condition 2 (its negation) and Condition 3: Condition 1 and K<Kˉ1K<\bar K_1K<Kˉ1​, or Condition 2 and K<K‾K<\underline KK<K​, with R^\hat RR^ (28), Kˉ1\bar K_1Kˉ1​ (K1) and K‾\underline KK​ (33) explicit thresholds.

The paper uses three different hats: Definition 1's payment threshold w^\hat ww^, Lemma 3's upright w^\hat{\mathrm w}w^, and Proposition 6's bold w^\hat{\mathbf w}w^, the upper end of the control band.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 7, first claim

Under Condition 3 there are parameters (c,w^,ϑˉ,ϑ‾)(\mathsf c,\hat{\mathbf w},\bar\vartheta,\underline\vartheta)(c,w^,ϑˉ,ϑ​) satisfying Proposition 6 such that

VI(w)={Vc(w),w<ϑ‾Vw^(w),w≥ϑ‾,V∅(w)={Vc(w),w<ϑˉVw^(w)−K,w≥ϑˉ(46)V_I(w)=\begin{cases}V_{\mathsf c}(w),&w<\underline\vartheta\\ \mathcal V_{\hat{\mathbf w}}(w),&w\ge\underline\vartheta\end{cases},\qquad V_\emptyset(w)=\begin{cases}V_{\mathsf c}(w),&w<\bar\vartheta\\ \mathcal V_{\hat{\mathbf w}}(w)-K,&w\ge\bar\vartheta\end{cases}\qquad(46)VI​(w)={Vc​(w),Vw^​(w),​w<ϑ​w≥ϑ​​,V∅​(w)={Vc​(w),Vw^​(w)−K,​w<ϑˉw≥ϑˉ​(46)

satisfy (20)–(22).

Proposition 6

Under Condition 3 there is (c,w^,ϑˉ,ϑ‾)(\mathsf c,\hat{\mathbf w},\bar\vartheta,\underline\vartheta)(c,w^,ϑˉ,ϑ​) with c>0\mathsf c>0c>0, ϑ‾<ϑˉ<w^\underline\vartheta<\bar\vartheta<\hat{\mathbf w}ϑ​<ϑˉ<w^ and value matching and smooth pasting at both thresholds:

Vw^(ϑ‾)=Vc(ϑ‾),Vw^′(ϑ‾)=Vc′(ϑ‾),Vw^(ϑˉ)=Vc(ϑˉ)+K,Vw^′(ϑˉ)=Vc′(ϑˉ)>1.\mathcal V_{\hat{\mathbf w}}(\underline\vartheta)=V_{\mathsf c}(\underline\vartheta),\quad \mathcal V_{\hat{\mathbf w}}'(\underline\vartheta)=V_{\mathsf c}'(\underline\vartheta),\quad \mathcal V_{\hat{\mathbf w}}(\bar\vartheta)=V_{\mathsf c}(\bar\vartheta)+K,\quad \mathcal V_{\hat{\mathbf w}}'(\bar\vartheta)=V_{\mathsf c}'(\bar\vartheta)>1 .Vw^​(ϑ​)=Vc​(ϑ​),Vw^′​(ϑ​)=Vc′​(ϑ​),Vw^​(ϑˉ)=Vc​(ϑˉ)+K,Vw^′​(ϑˉ)=Vc′​(ϑˉ)>1.

Milestones

Lemma EC.4 (the first step of the EC.3.9 construction), Proposition 6, and the two hardest parts of (20) at the constructed tuple: Lemma EC.12 (A∅V∅≥0\mathcal A_\emptyset V_\emptyset\ge0A∅​V∅​≥0 on [ϑˉ,w^)[\bar\vartheta,\hat{\mathbf w})[ϑˉ,w^)) and Lemma EC.13 (AIVI≥0\mathcal A_IV_I\ge0AI​VI​≥0 below ϑ‾\underline\varthetaϑ​). The other steps of the construction are posed as further statements of the mission without milestone status: Lemma EC.7 (the root of ψ=K\psi=Kψ=K under Condition 1), Lemma EC.8 and Lemma EC.11 (the Condition 2 counterparts of EC.4 and EC.7).

Significance

Proposition 7 is the analytic certificate behind the paper's Theorem 5: combined with the verification Theorem 1, it shows that the control-band contract is optimal in the low-cost region, and that the principal's value is V∅(w)−wV_\emptyset(w)-wV∅​(w)−w. Without it the third case of the paper's main Theorem 2 is unproved. The construction of Proposition 6 also gives a computable description of the band, which the paper uses for its numerical illustrations.

The results are proved in the paper's e-companion; none of them has a machine-checked proof. This mission states the analytic part as Lean targets. The delay-ODE layer (existence, uniqueness and shape of Vw~V_{\tilde w}Vw~​) is shared with the first mission of the series, and Proposition 7's proof depends on it. The stochastic contract model, the verification theorem and the optimality Theorems 1–5 are not formalized in this series.

Difficulty

Each piece of (20)–(22) is a one-variable inequality, but the functions are not explicit. Vw^\mathcal V_{\hat{\mathbf w}}Vw^​ is defined through a delay equation, and the band's endpoints are defined implicitly through four nested steps: matching at θ‾\underline\thetaθ​, a range bound θ‾0\underline\theta^0θ​0, an upper threshold θˉ(θ‾)\bar\theta(\underline\theta)θˉ(θ​) and a root of a gap function ψ\psiψ. The natural argument, convexity or concavity of AIVI\mathcal A_IV_IAI​VI​ on the suspension region, fails: on [0,ϑ‾)[0,\underline\vartheta)[0,ϑ​) the function AIVI\mathcal A_IV_IAI​VI​ mixes VcV_{\mathsf c}Vc​ with the look-ahead value VI(w+β)V_I(w+\beta)VI​(w+β) and is not convex (p. 28), so the convexity arguments of the switching literature do not apply. The paper's proof of this single inequality occupies EC.3.12, with eight auxiliary lemmas.

Formalization scope

Functions are ℝ → ℝ and every statement quantifies over w≥0w\ge0w≥0. The standing assumptions are 0≤μ‾<μ0\le\underline\mu<\mu0≤μ​<μ, 0<b≤c0<b\le c0<b≤c, K>0K>0K>0, 0<r≤ρ0<r\le\rho0<r≤ρ and Assumption 1; μ‾≥0\underline\mu\ge0μ​≥0 and b>0b>0b>0 are disclosed additions. Conventions:

  • f′f'f′ in AI,A∅\mathcal A_I,\mathcal A_\emptysetAI​,A∅​ is the left derivative; derivatives of Vw~V_{\tilde w}Vw~​, Vw~\mathcal V_{\tilde w}Vw~​ are taken within R+\mathbb R_+R+​.
  • (20) is posed for w>0w>0w>0: at 000 the left derivative does not exist and Vc′(0+)=+∞V_{\mathsf c}'(0^+)=+\inftyVc′​(0+)=+∞.
  • Vw~V_{\tilde w}Vw~​ is a solution of (25)–(26) chosen when one exists; wˇ\check wwˇ, w^\hat{\mathrm w}w^, Kˉ1\bar K_1Kˉ1​, θ‾0\underline\theta^0θ​0, θˉ\bar\thetaθˉ are infima or suprema of sets the paper describes; w~(θ‾)\tilde w(\underline\theta)w~(θ​), C(θ‾)C(\underline\theta)C(θ​) are chosen matching pairs.
  • "Increasing/decreasing" is strict.
  • K‾\underline KK​ (33) uses the corrected bracket ((ρ−μ)/ρ)β((\rho-\mu)/\rho)\beta((ρ−μ)/ρ)β in place of the printed (r/ρ)β(r/\rho)\beta(r/ρ)β; the printed form contradicts the proof's (EC.69).
  • Proposition 6's "w^<w^\hat{\mathbf w}<\hat{\mathrm w}w^<w^" is read as w^<wˉ\hat{\mathbf w}<\bar ww^<wˉ in the Condition 2 case, where w^\hat{\mathrm w}w^ does not exist; 0<ϑ‾0<\underline\vartheta0<ϑ​ is stated.
  • The goal is existential over Proposition 6 tuples. Lemmas EC.12 and EC.13 are stated at the tuple constructed in EC.3.9, in both cases of Condition 3; EC.13 is posed on (0,ϑ‾)(0,\underline\vartheta)(0,ϑ​).
  • Lemma EC.11's second limit is printed at 000; it is stated at θ‾˘\breve{\underline\theta}θ​˘​, as the proof computes it.

The tuple is never defined by the property that (46) satisfies (20)–(22); the construction definitions are Steps 1–4 of EC.3.9 only, and the goal requires all of Proposition 6's conclusions. The second claim of Proposition 7, (48) on the contract's utility, is out of scope.

A complete development needs existence, uniqueness and regularity for the linear delay equation (25) (reusable for other delay problems), implicit-function arguments for w~(θ‾)\tilde w(\underline\theta)w~(θ​), and the sign analysis of EC.3.12. Proofs of single milestones, and of the delay-ODE lemmas of the series' first mission, are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. Cao, P. Sun, F. Tian, Punish Underperformance with Suspension: Optimal Dynamic Contracts in the Presence of Switching Cost, Management Science, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.4845
  • K. Duckworth, M. Zervos, A model for investment decisions with switching costs, Annals of Applied Probability 11(1), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/998926992
  • V. L. Vath, H. Pham, Explicit solution to an optimal switching problem in the two-regime case, SIAM Journal on Control and Optimization 46(2), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/050638783
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryEconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Punish Underperformance with Suspension: Optimal Dynamic Contracts in the Presence of Switching Cost I: Condition 1, High Switching Cost, Not-Hiring Value Functions Meet the Optimality ConditionsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many service relationships let a firm pause an agent instead of firing them: a sales representative who brings in no customers for a while is suspended, a contractor is laid off for a season and recalled. Pausing is not free. Every restart carries a switching cost KKK (re-training, re-establishing a territory, setting up the work environment), so a principal who suspends too readily pays for it. Cao, Sun and Tian (Management Science, 2024) study the optimal dynamic contract for this trade-off in continuous time, building on the Poisson-arrival moral-hazard model of Sun and Tian (2018). Their main result (Theorem 2) splits the parameter space into three regimes: never hire, hire and keep the agent working forever, and a control-band contract with suspension episodes of fixed length. This mission covers the first regime under the paper's Condition 1.

Setting

A principal earns a revenue RRR per arrival of a Poisson process. Without effort the arrival rate is μ‾≥0\underline\mu\ge0μ​≥0; an agent who works, at private cost b>0b>0b>0 per unit time, raises it to μ>μ‾\mu>\underline\muμ>μ​. Write Δμ=μ−μ‾\Delta\mu=\mu-\underline\muΔμ=μ−μ​. The principal's cost rate while the agent works is c≥bc\ge bc≥b, every start of work costs K>0K>0K>0, and the principal and the agent discount at rates 0<r≤ρ0<r\le\rho0<r≤ρ. Assumption 1 is RΔμ>cR\Delta\mu>cRΔμ>c. The derived constants are

β=bΔμ,wˉ=βμρ,v‾=μ‾Rr,Vˉ(w)=Rμ−c−(ρ−r)wr.\beta=\frac{b}{\Delta\mu},\qquad \bar w=\frac{\beta\mu}{\rho},\qquad \underline v=\frac{\underline\mu R}{r},\qquad \bar V(w)=\frac{R\mu-c-(\rho-r)w}{r}.β=Δμb​,wˉ=ρβμ​,v​=rμ​R​,Vˉ(w)=rRμ−c−(ρ−r)w​.

The state of a contract is the agent's promised utility w≥0w\ge0w≥0. The paper's verification theorem reduces optimality to a pair of functions: VIV_IVI​ for the working state and V∅V_\emptysetV∅​ for the suspended state. For a function fff on R+\mathbb R_+R+​, with f′f'f′ its left derivative, the operators are

(AIf)(w)=(μ+r)f(w)−μf(w+β)+ρ(wˉ−w)f′(w)−(μR−c)+(ρ−r)w,(\mathcal A_If)(w)=(\mu+r)f(w)-\mu f(w+\beta)+\rho(\bar w-w)f'(w)-(\mu R-c)+(\rho-r)w,(AI​f)(w)=(μ+r)f(w)−μf(w+β)+ρ(wˉ−w)f′(w)−(μR−c)+(ρ−r)w, (A∅f)(w)=rf(w)−ρwf′(w)+(ρ−r)w−Rμ‾,(\mathcal A_\emptyset f)(w)=rf(w)-\rho wf'(w)+(\rho-r)w-R\underline\mu,(A∅​f)(w)=rf(w)−ρwf′(w)+(ρ−r)w−Rμ​,

and (VI,V∅)(V_I,V_\emptyset)(VI​,V∅​) satisfies the optimality condition (20)–(22) if AIVI≥0\mathcal A_IV_I\ge0AI​VI​≥0, A∅V∅≥0\mathcal A_\emptyset V_\emptyset\ge0A∅​V∅​≥0, 0≤VI−V∅≤K0\le V_I-V_\emptyset\le K0≤VI​−V∅​≤K on R+\mathbb R_+R+​, and VI(0)≥v‾V_I(0)\ge\underline vVI​(0)≥v​, V∅(0)≥v‾V_\emptyset(0)\ge\underline vV∅​(0)≥v​.

The working-state candidate is built from the delay differential equation (25): for w~∈[0,wˉ)\tilde w\in[0,\bar w)w~∈[0,wˉ), Vw~V_{\tilde w}Vw~​ is the C1C^1C1 function on [0,w~][0,\tilde w][0,w~] with

(μ+r)V(w)−μV((w+β)∧w~)+ρ(wˉ−w)V′(w)−(μR−c)+(ρ−r)w=0,(\mu+r)V(w)-\mu V\big((w+\beta)\wedge\tilde w\big)+\rho(\bar w-w)V'(w)-(\mu R-c)+(\rho-r)w=0,(μ+r)V(w)−μV((w+β)∧w~)+ρ(wˉ−w)V′(w)−(μR−c)+(ρ−r)w=0,

and V(w)=Vˉ(w~)V(w)=\bar V(\tilde w)V(w)=Vˉ(w~) for w≥w~w\ge\tilde ww≥w~. Vw~V_{\tilde w}Vw~​ may be convex near 000; wˇ(w~)\check w(\tilde w)wˇ(w~) is the point up to which Vw~′′>0V_{\tilde w}''>0Vw~′′​>0, and the concavification Vw~\mathcal V_{\tilde w}Vw~​ replaces Vw~V_{\tilde w}Vw~​ on [0,wˇ(w~))[0,\check w(\tilde w))[0,wˇ(w~)) by its tangent line at wˇ(w~)\check w(\tilde w)wˇ(w~). Condition 1 is "μ≥ρ−r\mu\ge\rho-rμ≥ρ−r or R<R^R<\hat RR<R^" with

R^=[cb+(ρ−r)μΔμ(ρ−r−μ)⋅ρ−μρ]β.\hat R=\Big[\frac cb+\frac{(\rho-r)\mu}{\Delta\mu(\rho-r-\mu)}\cdot\frac{\rho-\mu}{\rho}\Big]\beta.R^=[bc​+Δμ(ρ−r−μ)(ρ−r)μ​⋅ρρ−μ​]β.

Under it there is a unique w^∈[0,wˉ)\hat{\mathrm w}\in[0,\bar w)w^∈[0,wˉ) with Vw^(0)=v‾\mathcal V_{\hat{\mathrm w}}(0)=\underline vVw^​(0)=v​ (Lemma 3). Three hats occur in the paper: w^\hat ww^ of Definition 1 (a payment threshold), w^\hat{\mathrm w}w^ of Lemma 3 (used here), and w^\hat{\mathbf w}w^ of Proposition 6 (not used here). For K<Vˉ(w^)−v‾K<\bar V(\hat{\mathrm w})-\underline vK<Vˉ(w^)−v​, Lemma 4 gives a tangent pair (θˉK,mK)(\bar\theta^K,m^K)(θˉK,mK): the line mKw+v‾m^Kw+\underline vmKw+v​ touches Vw^−K\mathcal V_{\hat{\mathrm w}}-KVw^​−K at θˉK\bar\theta^KθˉK. Finally Kˉ1=inf⁡{K∈(0,Vˉ(w^)−v‾]∣mK<1}\bar K_1=\inf\{K\in(0,\bar V(\hat{\mathrm w})-\underline v]\mid m^K<1\}Kˉ1​=inf{K∈(0,Vˉ(w^)−v​]∣mK<1} (K1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3 (p. 22)

Under Condition 1 and Kˉ1≤K≤Vˉ(w^)−v‾\bar K_1\le K\le\bar V(\hat{\mathrm w})-\underline vKˉ1​≤K≤Vˉ(w^)−v​, for the pair (θˉK,mK)(\bar\theta^K,m^K)(θˉK,mK) of (29),

VI=Vw^,V∅(w)={mKw+v‾,w≤θˉK,Vw^(w)−K,w>θˉK,V_I=\mathcal V_{\hat{\mathrm w}},\qquad V_\emptyset(w)=\begin{cases}m^Kw+\underline v,&w\le\bar\theta^K,\\ \mathcal V_{\hat{\mathrm w}}(w)-K,&w>\bar\theta^K,\end{cases}VI​=Vw^​,V∅​(w)={mKw+v​,Vw^​(w)−K,​w≤θˉK,w>θˉK,​

satisfy (20)–(22).

Milestones

  1. Lemma EC.2: existence and uniqueness of Vw~V_{\tilde w}Vw~​, w~∈[0,wˉ)\tilde w\in[0,\bar w)w~∈[0,wˉ).
  2. Lemma EC.2(iii)–(iv): Vw~V_{\tilde w}Vw~​ increasing; Vw~V_{\tilde w}Vw~​ decreasing and Vw~′V_{\tilde w}'Vw~′​ increasing in w~\tilde ww~.
  3. Lemma 2(i): the sign pattern of Vw~′′V_{\tilde w}''Vw~′′​ around wˇ(w~)\check w(\tilde w)wˇ(w~), and wˇ(w~)≤(1−r/ρ)β\check w(\tilde w)\le(1-r/\rho)\betawˇ(w~)≤(1−r/ρ)β.
  4. Lemma 2(ii)–(iii): Vw~\mathcal V_{\tilde w}Vw~​ increasing and concave; comparison in w~\tilde ww~.
  5. Lemma 3: w^\hat{\mathrm w}w^ exists and is unique; Vw^′(0)>1\mathcal V_{\hat{\mathrm w}}'(0)>1Vw^′​(0)>1 when wˇ(w^)>0\check w(\hat{\mathrm w})>0wˇ(w^)>0.
  6. Proposition 2: for K≥Vˉ(w^)−v‾K\ge\bar V(\hat{\mathrm w})-\underline vK≥Vˉ(w^)−v​, (Vw^,v‾)(\mathcal V_{\hat{\mathrm w}},\underline v)(Vw^​,v​) satisfies (20)–(22).
  7. Lemma 4: tangent pairs exist; θˉK\bar\theta^KθˉK increases and mKm^KmK decreases in KKK; θˉK→wˇ(w^)\bar\theta^K\to\check w(\hat{\mathrm w})θˉK→wˇ(w^) as K↓0K\downarrow0K↓0.

Significance

Propositions 2 and 3 are the analytic certificates behind Theorem 2(i): combined with the verification theorem (Theorem 1), they show that under Condition 1 and K≥Kˉ1K\ge\bar K_1K≥Kˉ1​ the principal's utility from any incentive-compatible contract promising www is at most V∅(w)−w≤v‾V_\emptyset(w)-w\le\underline vV∅​(w)−w≤v​, so never hiring the agent is optimal, and Kˉ1\bar K_1Kˉ1​ is exactly the switching-cost threshold of that regime. The same objects (Vw~V_{\tilde w}Vw~​, Vw^\mathcal V_{\hat{\mathrm w}}Vw^​, the tangent pairs) reappear in the low-cost control-band regime (Propositions 6–7), so a formal development of the delay ODE and its concavification is reused there.

The paper proves all these results; none is formalized. The mission formalizes the deterministic half of the guess-and-verify argument. The stochastic contract model (point processes, promise keeping, incentive compatibility), Theorem 1 and the optimality theorems are outside its scope.

Difficulty

The obvious approach, verifying (20)–(22) by direct computation, works for the linear pieces but not for Vw^\mathcal V_{\hat{\mathrm w}}Vw^​, which has no closed form: (25) is a delay equation solved backwards from w~\tilde ww~ in steps of length β\betaβ, and the closed form (EC.52) of the paper holds only on the last step [(w~−β)+,w~][(\tilde w-\beta)^+,\tilde w][(w~−β)+,w~]. Every property of Vw^\mathcal V_{\hat{\mathrm w}}Vw^​ used in the goal (monotonicity, the single change of convexity, the comparison in w~\tilde ww~ that makes w^\hat{\mathrm w}w^ unique) has to be extracted from the equation itself, across the kinks of w↦(w+β)∧w~w\mapsto(w+\beta)\wedge\tilde ww↦(w+β)∧w~. On the second branch of V∅V_\emptysetV∅​, A∅V∅≥0\mathcal A_\emptyset V_\emptyset\ge0A∅​V∅​≥0 is not a pointwise identity either: it requires mK≤1m^K\le1mK≤1, which is where K≥Kˉ1K\ge\bar K_1K≥Kˉ1​ enters.

Formalization scope

  • Parameters form a structure with real fields; the standing assumptions 0≤μ‾<μ0\le\underline\mu<\mu0≤μ​<μ, 0<b≤c0<b\le c0<b≤c, K>0K>0K>0, 0<r≤ρ0<r\le\rho0<r≤ρ, RΔμ>cR\Delta\mu>cRΔμ>c are a hypothesis of every theorem. μ‾≥0\underline\mu\ge0μ​≥0 and b>0b>0b>0 are disclosed additions (a rate and a cost).
  • Functions are ℝ → ℝ; every statement quantifies over w≥0w\ge0w≥0 only. In AI,A∅\mathcal A_I,\mathcal A_\emptysetAI​,A∅​, f′f'f′ is the left derivative (derivWithin f (Set.Iic w) w, the paper's p. 15 convention); in statements about Vw~V_{\tilde w}Vw~​ and Vw~\mathcal V_{\tilde w}Vw~​, derivatives are taken within R+\mathbb R_+R+​; in (25), within [0,w~][0,\tilde w][0,w~].
  • (20) is required for w>0w>0w>0: at w=0w=0w=0 a left derivative of a function on R+\mathbb R_+R+​ does not exist. (21) and (22) are as printed.
  • Vw~V_{\tilde w}Vw~​ is a chosen solution of (25)–(26) (Lemma EC.2 is the milestone that makes this meaningful); wˇ(w~)\check w(\tilde w)wˇ(w~) is a supremum defined through the sign of V′′V''V′′, and w^\hat{\mathrm w}w^ an infimum; Kˉ1\bar K_1Kˉ1​ is an infimum. None is defined by the property a theorem asserts about it.
  • The goal holds for every pair satisfying (29); the pair is unique, and at K=Vˉ(w^)−v‾K=\bar V(\hat{\mathrm w})-\underline vK=Vˉ(w^)−v​ it is (w^,0)(\hat{\mathrm w},0)(w^,0). The second branch of (30) is extended beyond w^\hat{\mathrm w}w^, as the paper's proof uses.
  • "Increasing/decreasing" mean strictly. The contract-utility claim U(Γ‾)=v‾U(\underline\Gamma)=\underline vU(Γ​)=v​ of Proposition 2 is not stated.
  • Ruled out: weakening (20)–(22) (dropping the upper bound KKK in (21), or (22)), or defining Vw~V_{\tilde w}Vw~​ by its closed form (EC.52), which is valid only near w~\tilde ww~.

Needed infrastructure: existence and uniqueness for linear ODEs with a terminal condition, extended step by step across a delay; one-sided derivatives of piecewise functions; concavity from sign conditions on second derivatives. Proofs of the milestones, and reusable lemmas about delay equations of this form, are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. Cao, P. Sun, F. Tian, Punish Underperformance with Suspension: Optimal Dynamic Contracts in the Presence of Switching Cost, Management Science, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.4845 (cited from the authors' manuscript with e-companion).
  • P. Sun, F. Tian, Optimal Contract to Induce Continued Effort, Management Science 64(9), 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2017.2795
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Sample-Driven Optimal Stopping: From the Secretary Problem to the i.i.d. Prophet Inequality I: Feasible Solutions of the Continuous Stopping LP Can Be Improved to Threshold FormResearch Paper

Motivation

Two classical online selection problems sit at opposite ends of an information spectrum. In the secretary problem items arrive in uniformly random order, only their relative ranks are observed, and the best possible probability of stopping on the best item tends to 1/e1/e1/e. In the i.i.d. prophet inequality the values are independent draws from a known distribution, and the best guarantee against the expected maximum is the constant ≈0.745\approx 0.745≈0.745 of Hill and Kertz (1982), shown tight by Correa, Foncea, Hoeksma, Oosterwijk and Vredeveld (2017).

Correa, Cristi, Epstein and Soto (arXiv:2011.06516) interpolate between the two with the ppp-sample-driven optimal stopping problem. Each of NNN items is sampled independently with probability ppp; the decision maker observes the relative rankings of the sampled items, then faces the remaining items online, observing relative rankings, and makes irrevocable stop/continue decisions. Stopping on the item of overall rank iii earns a reward YiY_iYi​, with Y1≥Y2≥⋯Y_1\ge Y_2\ge\cdotsY1​≥Y2​≥⋯. At p=0p=0p=0 and Y=(1,0,0,… )Y=(1,0,0,\dots)Y=(1,0,0,…) this is the secretary problem; for adversarial YYY the optimal guarantee tends to 0.7450.7450.745 as p→1p\to1p→1, the i.i.d. prophet constant.

For known YYY, the paper writes a linear program over the stopping probabilities of rank-based algorithms (after Buchbinder, Jain and Singh, 2014) and takes its limit as N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞. The analysis rests on one structural result, Theorem 2: this limiting program can be restricted, without loss, to solutions of an explicit threshold form, so that the optimal algorithm stops on an item of current rank iii after a time tit_iti​. This mission is that theorem.

Setting

Fix p∈[0,1)p\in[0,1)p∈[0,1). Time runs over [p,1][p,1][p,1] (time ttt is the fraction of the NNN items seen so far; the sample accounts for the first fraction ppp in the limit), and ranks ℓ=1,2,…\ell=1,2,\dotsℓ=1,2,… refer to the relative rank of the current item among all items seen so far. A candidate solution is a function q(t,ℓ)q(t,\ell)q(t,ℓ), the density of stopping at time ttt on an item of relative rank ℓ\ellℓ.

The cumulative mass of qqq is Mq(t)=∫pt∑s≥1q(τ,s) dτM_q(t)=\int_p^t\sum_{s\ge1}q(\tau,s)\,d\tauMq​(t)=∫pt​∑s≥1​q(τ,s)dτ. A solution is feasible for the continuous linear program CLPp_pp​ when q(t,ℓ)≥0q(t,\ell)\ge0q(t,ℓ)≥0, each q(⋅,ℓ)q(\cdot,\ell)q(⋅,ℓ) is integrable on [p,1][p,1][p,1], and

t q(t,ℓ)+Mq(t)≤1∀t∈[p,1], ∀ℓ≥1.t\,q(t,\ell)+M_q(t)\le1\qquad\forall t\in[p,1],\ \forall\ell\ge1 .tq(t,ℓ)+Mq​(t)≤1∀t∈[p,1], ∀ℓ≥1.

For k≥1k\ge1k≥1 the negative-binomial term is nbk,ℓ(t)=∑j=ℓk(j−1ℓ−1)(1−t)j−ℓtℓ\mathrm{nb}_{k,\ell}(t)=\sum_{j=\ell}^{k}\binom{j-1}{\ell-1}(1-t)^{j-\ell}t^{\ell}nbk,ℓ​(t)=∑j=ℓk​(ℓ−1j−1​)(1−t)j−ℓtℓ, the probability that a NegativeBinomial(ℓ,t)(\ell,t)(ℓ,t) variable is at most kkk, and

Fk(q)=∑ℓ=1k∫p1q(t,ℓ) nbk,ℓ(t) dt.F_k(q)=\sum_{\ell=1}^{k}\int_p^1 q(t,\ell)\,\mathrm{nb}_{k,\ell}(t)\,dt .Fk​(q)=ℓ=1∑k​∫p1​q(t,ℓ)nbk,ℓ​(t)dt.

Fk(q)F_k(q)Fk​(q) is the limit of the probability that the algorithm stops on an item of overall rank at most kkk. The objective of CLPp_pp​ is Y1−∑k≥1(Yk−Yk+1)(1−Fk(q))Y_1-\sum_{k\ge1}(Y_k-Y_{k+1})(1-F_k(q))Y1​−∑k≥1​(Yk​−Yk+1​)(1−Fk​(q)) for a non-increasing sequence YYY, so any solution that increases every FkF_kFk​ is at least as good.

A threshold sequence is a non-decreasing (ti)i≥0⊆[p,1](t_i)_{i\ge0}\subseteq[p,1](ti​)i≥0​⊆[p,1] with t0=pt_0=pt0​=p; put Ti=∏j=1itjT_i=\prod_{j=1}^{i}t_jTi​=∏j=1i​tj​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 8)

For every feasible qqq there are a feasible q∗q^*q∗ and a threshold sequence (ti)(t_i)(ti​) with Fk(q∗)≥Fk(q)F_k(q^*)\ge F_k(q)Fk​(q∗)≥Fk​(q) for all k≥1k\ge1k≥1, such that for every ℓ≥1\ell\ge1ℓ≥1 and t∈[p,1)t\in[p,1)t∈[p,1)

t q∗(t,ℓ)+∫pt∑s≥1q∗(τ,s) dτ=1  (t≥tℓ),q∗(t,ℓ)=0  (t<tℓ),(5–6)t\,q^*(t,\ell)+\int_p^t\sum_{s\ge1}q^*(\tau,s)\,d\tau=1\ \ (t\ge t_\ell),\qquad q^*(t,\ell)=0\ \ (t<t_\ell),\tag{5–6}tq∗(t,ℓ)+∫pt​s≥1∑​q∗(τ,s)dτ=1  (t≥tℓ​),q∗(t,ℓ)=0  (t<tℓ​),(5–6) q∗(t,ℓ)={Ti/ti+1t∈[ti,ti+1), ℓ≤i,0else.(7)q^*(t,\ell)=\begin{cases}T_i/t^{i+1}&t\in[t_i,t_{i+1}),\ \ell\le i,\\0&\text{else.}\end{cases}\tag{7}q∗(t,ℓ)={Ti​/ti+10​t∈[ti​,ti+1​), ℓ≤i,else.​(7)

Milestones

  1. Lemma 17 (p. 28): nbk,ℓ\mathrm{nb}_{k,\ell}nbk,ℓ​ is non-decreasing on [0,1][0,1][0,1] for 1≤ℓ≤k1\le\ell\le k1≤ℓ≤k.
  2. Lemma 18 (p. 29): nbk,ℓ(t)\mathrm{nb}_{k,\ell}(t)nbk,ℓ​(t) is non-increasing in ℓ≥1\ell\ge1ℓ≥1 for t∈[0,1]t\in[0,1]t∈[0,1].
  3. (8) (p. 9): one mass-moving step qn−1↦qnq_{n-1}\mapsto q_nqn−1​↦qn​, which pushes each component to the right up to the envelope 1t(1−Mqn−1(t))\frac1t(1-M_{q_{n-1}}(t))t1​(1−Mqn−1​​(t)), keeps each component's mass, satisfies Mqn≤Mqn−1M_{q_n}\le M_{q_{n-1}}Mqn​​≤Mqn−1​​ in the form (8), and preserves feasibility.
  4. Fk(qn−1)≤Fk(qn)F_k(q_{n-1})\le F_k(q_n)Fk​(qn−1​)≤Fk​(qn​) (p. 9) for the same step.
  5. Uniqueness (p. 10): for fixed thresholds, (5)–(6) have at most one feasible solution on [p,1)[p,1)[p,1).
  6. Existence (p. 10): the function (7) satisfies (5)–(6).

Significance

Theorem 2 turns an infinite-dimensional linear program over functions of two variables into the reduced problem RPp_pp​, an optimization over a single non-decreasing sequence of thresholds. Every quantitative result of the paper is read off RPp_pp​: the optimal ratio for each ppp, its limit as p→1p\to1p→1 (Theorem 8, mission II of this series) and the explicit lower bound α∗p\alpha^*pα∗p (Theorem 9, mission III). It also identifies the optimal rank-based algorithms as threshold rules: accept the current item if it is among the iii best seen so far, where iii grows at the times tit_iti​.

The result is proved in the paper. It has not been formalized, and neither has any part of the continuous-LP approach to secretary and prophet problems. The formal development produces a reusable layer: continuous stopping LPs with extended-real cumulative constraints, monotonicity of negative-binomial distribution functions in both parameters, and a rearrangement argument for integrals against monotone weights.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is to improve qqq greedily: push each component's mass as far right as the constraint allows. One step is easy, but the step changes the constraint itself, since the envelope 1t(1−Mq(t))\frac1t(1-M_q(t))t1​(1−Mq​(t)) depends on all components. The proof iterates, needs the thresholds tℓ(n)t_\ell(n)tℓ​(n) to be monotone in nnn, and must pass to a limit q∞q_\inftyq∞​ in L1L^1L1 with a dominating function that exists only because the smallest threshold is bounded away from 000. The limit thresholds need not be monotone in ℓ\ellℓ, and the components must then be reordered using Lemma 18. Finally, (5)–(6) are an integral equation in which each component depends on the sum of all others; identifying their unique solution with (7) needs both a uniqueness argument for a linear ODE and a telescoping computation.

Formalization scope

  • A solution is a function q : ℝ → ℕ → ℝ, a representative of an element of L1([p,1]×N)L^1([p,1]\times\mathbb N)L1([p,1]×N). Ranks, kkk, iii, jjj are 1-based; q(⋅,0)q(\cdot,0)q(⋅,0) is never used. Constraints are imposed pointwise for all ttt, as printed.
  • The cumulative mass Mq(t)M_q(t)Mq​(t) is the lower Lebesgue integral of ∑s≥1q(τ,s)\sum_{s\ge1}q(\tau,s)∑s≥1​q(τ,s) in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], never a Bochner integral of a real series, which Lean would set to 000 on divergent data.
  • Integrability of each q(⋅,ℓ)q(\cdot,\ell)q(⋅,ℓ) is part of feasibility, so FkF_kFk​ is never a junk value.
  • Equations (5)–(7) are imposed on [p,1)[p,1)[p,1), not on [p,1][p,1][p,1]. At the single point t=1t=1t=1 the printed (5) and (7) contradict each other whenever finitely many thresholds are below 111 (already for q=0q=0q=0). Feasibility of q∗q^*q∗ is required on all of [p,1][p,1][p,1].
  • The threshold intervals [ti,ti+1)[t_i,t_{i+1})[ti​,ti+1​) are half-open, as in (7); they are pairwise disjoint because (ti)(t_i)(ti​) is non-decreasing.
  • "Increasing" in Lemma 17 and "decreasing" in Lemma 18 are read as non-decreasing and non-increasing.
  • The mass-moving step (milestones 3–4) takes the thresholds tℓ(n)t_\ell(n)tℓ​(n) as hypotheses satisfying their defining equation, and requires them to be positive (this only matters at p=0p=0p=0, where the paper's equation already forces it).
  • Milestone 6 assumes t1>0t_1>0t1​>0, and claims (5) at ttt when t<tit<t_it<ti​ for some iii or when Tm/tmm→0T_m/t_m^m\to0Tm​/tmm​→0; on the page these conditions are implicit, and without them the claim fails.
  • A statement of Theorem 2 that keeps only "there is a feasible q∗q^*q∗ with Fk(q∗)≥Fk(q)F_k(q^*)\ge F_k(q)Fk​(q∗)≥Fk​(q)" is trivial (q∗=qq^*=qq∗=q); equations (5)–(7) are part of the goal and must not be dropped.
  • Mathlib supplies interval and lower Lebesgue integrals, series in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and binomial coefficients. Contributions welcome: the negative-binomial lemmas, the rearrangement inequality for monotone weights, and a Grönwall-type uniqueness argument for the integral equation.

Selected references

  • J. Correa, A. Cristi, B. Epstein, J. A. Soto, Sample-Driven Optimal Stopping: From the Secretary Problem to the i.i.d. Prophet Inequality, arXiv:2011.06516v2, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/2011.06516
  • T. P. Hill, R. P. Kertz, Comparisons of stop rule and supremum expectations of i.i.d. random variables, Annals of Probability 10(2), 1982. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176993861
  • J. Correa, P. Foncea, R. Hoeksma, T. Oosterwijk, T. Vredeveld, Posted price mechanisms for a random stream of customers, ACM EC 2017. https://doi.org/10.1145/3033274.3085137
  • N. Buchbinder, K. Jain, M. Singh, Secretary problems via linear programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 39(1), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2013.0604
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryEconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Punish Underperformance with Suspension: Optimal Dynamic Contracts in the Presence of Switching Cost III: Condition 2, Medium Switching Cost, Always-Work Value Functions Meet the Optimality ConditionsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many service relationships pay an agent per unit of output whose arrival is random: a salesperson closing deals, a call-centre worker resolving tickets, a contractor delivering jobs. When effort is unobservable, the classical tool for keeping an agent motivated is the threat of termination after poor performance. In practice firms often use a milder punishment, suspension: the agent is sent home for a while and later called back. Restarting work is not free, and each restart costs the firm a fixed switching cost.

P. Cao, P. Sun and F. Tian, Punish Underperformance with Suspension: Optimal Dynamic Contracts in the Presence of Switching Cost (Management Science, 2024), characterise the optimal dynamic contract in this setting. The optimal contract depends on the size of the switching cost: when it is large the firm should not hire, when it is moderate the firm should keep the agent working forever, and when it is small the firm uses a control-band contract with suspension episodes. Their proof is "guess and verify": a stochastic verification theorem (their Theorem 1) turns any pair of functions satisfying a system of quasi-variational inequalities into an upper bound on the principal's value, and Propositions 2–7 exhibit such pairs in each parameter region.

This mission formalizes the certificate for the medium-switching-cost region under Condition 2 (Area II of the paper's Figure 2), where the agent is never suspended.

Setting

The principal faces a Poisson stream of arrivals, each worth revenue RRR. Without effort the arrival rate is μ‾≥0\underline\mu\ge0μ​≥0; an agent who exerts effort, at cost b>0b>0b>0 per unit time, raises it to μ>μ‾\mu>\underline\muμ>μ​. Write Δμ=μ−μ‾\Delta\mu=\mu-\underline\muΔμ=μ−μ​. The principal's total cost rate while the agent works is c≥bc\ge bc≥b, every start of work costs a switching cost K>0K>0K>0, and the principal and agent discount at rates 0<r≤ρ0<r\le\rho0<r≤ρ. Assumption 1 is RΔμ>cR\Delta\mu>cRΔμ>c.

The paper's derived constants are

β=bΔμ,wˉ=βμρ,v‾=μ‾Rr,Vˉ=Rμ−c−(ρ−r)wˉr,Kˉ2=Vˉ−v‾−wˉ,\beta=\frac{b}{\Delta\mu},\quad \bar w=\frac{\beta\mu}{\rho},\quad \underline v=\frac{\underline\mu R}{r},\quad \bar V=\frac{R\mu-c-(\rho-r)\bar w}{r},\quad \bar K_2=\bar V-\underline v-\bar w,β=Δμb​,wˉ=ρβμ​,v​=rμ​R​,Vˉ=rRμ−c−(ρ−r)wˉ​,Kˉ2​=Vˉ−v​−wˉ,

together with the revenue thresholds R^\hat RR^ (28) and Rˉ\bar RRˉ (34) and the switching-cost threshold K‾\underline KK​ (33). Condition 2 is μ<ρ−r\mu<\rho-rμ<ρ−r and R≥R^R\ge\hat RR≥R^: the agent is much more impatient than the principal and revenue is high.

The state variable is the agent's promised utility w≥0w\ge0w≥0. Two operators act on functions fff of www, where f′f'f′ is the left derivative:

(AIf)(w)=(μ+r)f(w)−μf(w+β)+ρ(wˉ−w)f′(w)−(μR−c)+(ρ−r)w,(\mathcal A_I f)(w)=(\mu+r)f(w)-\mu f(w+\beta)+\rho(\bar w-w)f'(w)-(\mu R-c)+(\rho-r)w,(AI​f)(w)=(μ+r)f(w)−μf(w+β)+ρ(wˉ−w)f′(w)−(μR−c)+(ρ−r)w, (A∅f)(w)=rf(w)−ρwf′(w)+(ρ−r)w−Rμ‾.(\mathcal A_\emptyset f)(w)=rf(w)-\rho wf'(w)+(\rho-r)w-R\underline\mu.(A∅​f)(w)=rf(w)−ρwf′(w)+(ρ−r)w−Rμ​.

The first is a delay-differential operator for the working state, the second a first-order operator for the suspended state. A pair (VI,V∅)(V_I,V_\emptyset)(VI​,V∅​) satisfies the optimality condition (20)–(22) when AIVI≥0\mathcal A_IV_I\ge0AI​VI​≥0, A∅V∅≥0\mathcal A_\emptyset V_\emptyset\ge0A∅​V∅​≥0, 0≤VI−V∅≤K0\le V_I-V_\emptyset\le K0≤VI​−V∅​≤K and VI(0),V∅(0)≥v‾V_I(0),V_\emptyset(0)\ge\underline vVI​(0),V∅​(0)≥v​.

The suspended-state equation A∅V=0\mathcal A_\emptyset V=0A∅​V=0 with V(0)=v‾V(0)=\underline vV(0)=v​ is solved by Vc(w)=v‾+w+c wr/ρV_c(w)=\underline v+w+c\,w^{r/\rho}Vc​(w)=v​+w+cwr/ρ (24). In the region of this mission the paper builds

V∅(w)={VcK(w),w≤wˉ,Vˉ−K,w>wˉ,VI(w)={VcK(w),w≤θ‾K,Vˉ+mK(w−wˉ),θ‾K<w≤wˉ,Vˉ,w>wˉ,V_\emptyset(w)=\begin{cases}V_{c_K}(w),&w\le\bar w,\\ \bar V-K,&w>\bar w,\end{cases}\qquad V_I(w)=\begin{cases}V_{c_K}(w),&w\le\underline\theta_K,\\ \bar V+m_K(w-\bar w),&\underline\theta_K<w\le\bar w,\\ \bar V,&w>\bar w,\end{cases}V∅​(w)={VcK​​(w),Vˉ−K,​w≤wˉ,w>wˉ,​VI​(w)=⎩⎨⎧​VcK​​(w),Vˉ+mK​(w−wˉ),Vˉ,​w≤θ​K​,θ​K​<w≤wˉ,w>wˉ,​

from parameters (cK,mK,θ‾K)(c_K,m_K,\underline\theta_K)(cK​,mK​,θ​K​) chosen so that VcKV_{c_K}VcK​​ pastes smoothly onto the line at θ‾K\underline\theta_Kθ​K​ and ends at Vˉ−K\bar V-KVˉ−K at wˉ\bar wwˉ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5 (first claim)

Under Condition 2 and K∈[K‾,Kˉ2)K\in[\underline K,\bar K_2)K∈[K​,Kˉ2​), for every triple (cK,mK,θ‾K)(c_K,m_K,\underline\theta_K)(cK​,mK​,θ​K​) with θ‾K∈(0,wˉ)\underline\theta_K\in(0,\bar w)θ​K​∈(0,wˉ), cK>0c_K>0cK​>0, mK∈[ρ−rρ−r−μ,Vˉ−v‾wˉ)m_K\in[\frac{\rho-r}{\rho-r-\mu},\frac{\bar V-\underline v}{\bar w})mK​∈[ρ−r−μρ−r​,wˉVˉ−v​​) and

VcK(θ‾K)=Vˉ+mK(θ‾K−wˉ),VcK′(θ‾K)=mK,VcK(wˉ)=Vˉ−K,V_{c_K}(\underline\theta_K)=\bar V+m_K(\underline\theta_K-\bar w),\qquad V'_{c_K}(\underline\theta_K)=m_K,\qquad V_{c_K}(\bar w)=\bar V-K,VcK​​(θ​K​)=Vˉ+mK​(θ​K​−wˉ),VcK​′​(θ​K​)=mK​,VcK​​(wˉ)=Vˉ−K,

the functions VI,V∅V_I,V_\emptysetVI​,V∅​ above satisfy (20)–(22).

Milestones

  1. (EC.67): explicit C1(θ‾)C^1(\underline\theta)C1(θ​) and m(θ‾)m(\underline\theta)m(θ​) solve the value-matching and smooth-pasting equations at any θ‾∈(0,wˉ]\underline\theta\in(0,\bar w]θ​∈(0,wˉ].
  2. Lemma EC.3: ψ1(θ‾)=Vˉ−v‾−wˉ−C1(θ‾)wˉr/ρ\psi_1(\underline\theta)=\bar V-\underline v-\bar w-C^1(\underline\theta)\bar w^{r/\rho}ψ1​(θ​)=Vˉ−v​−wˉ−C1(θ​)wˉr/ρ is continuous and strictly decreasing on [0,wˉ][0,\bar w][0,wˉ], so ψ1=K\psi_1=Kψ1​=K has a unique root θ‾K∈(0,wˉ)\underline\theta_K\in(0,\bar w)θ​K​∈(0,wˉ) for K∈(0,Kˉ2)K\in(0,\bar K_2)K∈(0,Kˉ2​); the root decreases in KKK and tends to wˉ\bar wwˉ as K↓0K\downarrow0K↓0.
  3. Lemma 5: for every K∈[K‾,Kˉ2)K\in[\underline K,\bar K_2)K∈[K​,Kˉ2​) the triple exists, and cKc_KcK​, mKm_KmK​, θ‾K\underline\theta_Kθ​K​ are monotone in KKK.

Lemma 5 guarantees that the goal is not vacuous.

Significance

Proposition 5 is the analytic half of the paper's Theorem 4: combined with the verification theorem, it shows that in Area II the principal's optimal value is attained by a contract that pays the agent β\betaβ per arrival and never suspends. The threshold K‾\underline KK​ separates this region from the control-band region of Proposition 7, so the explicit formula for K‾\underline KK​ is the boundary of the phase diagram.

The result is proved in the paper. No machine-checked version exists. A formal proof checks a delicate sign argument near w=0w=0w=0, where VcKV_{c_K}VcK​​ has infinite slope, and it checks the threshold K‾\underline KK​, whose printed formula contains an error (see Formalization scope). The paper's companion identity (41), U(Γˉ)=Vˉ−wˉ−K=V∅(wˉ)−wˉU(\bar\Gamma)=\bar V-\bar w-K=V_\emptyset(\bar w)-\bar wU(Γˉ)=Vˉ−wˉ−K=V∅​(wˉ)−wˉ, is about the utility of a contract and is not part of this mission; its deterministic half is immediate from (39).

Difficulty

The cases w∈[θ‾K,wˉ]w\in[\underline\theta_K,\bar w]w∈[θ​K​,wˉ] and w>wˉw>\bar ww>wˉ are algebraic. The difficulty is w∈(0,θ‾K)w\in(0,\underline\theta_K)w∈(0,θ​K​): there VIV_IVI​ is the curve VcKV_{c_K}VcK​​, and w+βw+\betaw+β lands beyond wˉ\bar wwˉ (Condition 2 gives β>wˉ\beta>\bar wβ>wˉ), so AIVI\mathcal A_IV_IAI​VI​ couples the curve with the constant Vˉ\bar VVˉ. Positivity there needs more than the sign of the smooth-pasting slope: it uses the lower bound on mKm_KmK​ in (35), which is exactly where the threshold K‾\underline KK​ enters. A direct sign check at θ‾K\underline\theta_Kθ​K​ alone does not cover the interval. The existence lemma requires monotonicity of ψ1\psi_1ψ1​, whose expression mixes powers θ‾r/ρ−1\underline\theta^{r/\rho-1}θ​r/ρ−1 with a linear factor.

Formalization scope

All functions are ℝ → ℝ and every quantifier ranges over w≥0w\ge0w≥0; powers are Real.rpow. The standing assumptions 0≤μ‾<μ0\le\underline\mu<\mu0≤μ​<μ, 0<b≤c0<b\le c0<b≤c, K>0K>0K>0, 0<r≤ρ0<r\le\rho0<r≤ρ, RΔμ>cR\Delta\mu>cRΔμ>c are one hypothesis Standing; μ‾≥0\underline\mu\ge0μ​≥0 and b>0b>0b>0 are read off the model and stated explicitly. The left derivative is derivWithin f (Set.Iic w) w, following the paper's convention on p. 15. Condition (20) is posed for w>0w>0w>0 only: at w=0w=0w=0 the right derivative of VcKV_{c_K}VcK​​ is +∞+\infty+∞, so the paper's (20) there is an extended-real statement and Lean's junk derivative would make it false. (21) and (22) are posed as printed.

The threshold K‾\underline KK​ of (33) is corrected: the printed bracket contains rρβ\frac r\rho\betaρr​β, but the paper's own proof identifies K‾\underline KK​ with Kˇ2\check K_2Kˇ2​ of (EC.69), which gives ρ−μρβ\frac{\rho-\mu}{\rho}\betaρρ−μ​β. With the printed term Lemma 5 fails (for r=0.2,ρ=1.2,b=c=1,R=5,μ=0.9,μ‾=0.1r=0.2,\rho=1.2,b=c=1,R=5,\mu=0.9,\underline\mu=0.1r=0.2,ρ=1.2,b=c=1,R=5,μ=0.9,μ​=0.1, the printed value is −0.069-0.069−0.069, the corrected one 7.25337.25337.2533). Equation (36) is printed with a free www that should read θ‾K\underline\theta_Kθ​K​. The range θ‾K∈(0,wˉ)\underline\theta_K\in(0,\bar w)θ​K​∈(0,wˉ), given by the proof, is stated.

The goal quantifies over all triples satisfying Lemma 5's conclusions; such a triple is unique, so this is the paper's claim, and Lemma 5 rules out a vacuous goal. Dropping the bound KKK in (21), the condition (22), or the lower bound on mKm_KmK​ would trivialize or change the statement.

The development needs the derivative of w↦wr/ρw\mapsto w^{r/\rho}w↦wr/ρ, sign analysis of explicit real functions, and the intermediate value theorem. The Setting file is shared with the other missions of this series and will be consolidated. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome; (EC.67) is a self-contained calculus exercise.

Selected references

  • P. Cao, P. Sun, F. Tian, Punish Underperformance with Suspension: Optimal Dynamic Contracts in the Presence of Switching Cost, Management Science, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.4845 (cited from the authors' manuscript and e-companion: §4.2 pp. 24–26, EC.3.7–EC.3.8 pp. ec32–ec34).
  • Y. Sannikov, A Continuous-Time Version of the Principal-Agent Problem, Review of Economic Studies 75(3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-937X.2008.00486.x
  • B. Biais, T. Mariotti, J.-C. Rochet, S. Villeneuve, Large Risks, Limited Liability, and Dynamic Moral Hazard, Econometrica 78(1), 2010. https://doi.org/10.3982/ECTA7261
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Stochastic Matching: New Algorithms with Better Bounds 2: The Per-Advertiser Inequality Behind the 0.706 Ratio for General Arrival Rates, in the Limit f − s ≤ 1 − ln 2Research Paper

Motivation

Online stochastic matching models display advertising and similar allocation problems in which requests arrive one at a time and must be served immediately. A bipartite graph links a set AAA of advertisers to a set III of impression types; nnn requests arrive, each of a type drawn independently with P(type i)=ri/n\mathbb P(\text{type } i) = r_i/nP(type i)=ri​/n, and each request must be assigned at once and irrevocably to an unmatched interested advertiser, or dropped. Performance is measured by the competitive ratio E[ALG]/E[OPT]\mathbb E[\mathrm{ALG}]/\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}]E[ALG]/E[OPT], where OPT is the maximum matching of the realized graph.

Without distributional knowledge the best possible ratio is 1−1/e1 - 1/e1−1/e (Karp, Vazirani and Vazirani, 1990). Knowing the type distribution allows more:

  • Feldman, Mehta, Mirrokni and Muthukrishnan (2009) first beat 1−1/e1 - 1/e1−1/e, with 0.6700.6700.670, when every arrival rate is integral; Bahmani and Kapralov improved this to 0.6990.6990.699.
  • Manshadi, Oveis Gharan and Saberi (2011) obtained 0.7050.7050.705 for integral rates and 0.7020.7020.702 for general arrival rates, using offline statistics drawn by sampling.
  • Jaillet and Lu (2014) introduced Random Lists Algorithms with modified LPs and obtained 1−2e−2≈0.7291 - 2e^{-2} \approx 0.7291−2e−2≈0.729 for integral rates (Theorem 1), 0.7250.7250.725 for vertex weights (Theorem 2) and 0.7060.7060.706 for general rates (Theorem 3).

This mission concerns the analytic core of Theorem 3, the general-rates bound.

Setting

For an advertiser aaa, let f=fa≤1f = f_a \le 1f=fa​≤1 be the LP flow into aaa. Its neighbours a1∈Aa∗a_1 \in A^*_aa1​∈Aa∗​, which include a dummy advertiser ada_dad​ with fad=1f_{a_d} = 1fad​​=1, are indexed by j=1,…,kj = 1, \dots, kj=1,…,k. For each neighbour, xj=ma,a1=ma1,a≥0x_j = m_{a,a_1} = m_{a_1,a} \ge 0xj​=ma,a1​​=ma1​,a​≥0 is the expected number of random lists ⟨a,a1⟩\langle a, a_1\rangle⟨a,a1​⟩, and yj=fa1≤1y_j = f_{a_1} \le 1yj​=fa1​​≤1 is the neighbour's flow, so that xj≤yjx_j \le y_jxj​≤yj​. Write s=∑jxj≤fs = \sum_j x_j \le fs=∑j​xj​≤f and β=max⁡jxj\beta = \max_j x_jβ=maxj​xj​.

Claim 2 of the paper introduces the functions

h(y,x)={yy−x(e−x−e−y),x≠y,y e−y,x=y,g(y,x)=h(y,0)−h(y,x),h(y,x)=\begin{cases}\dfrac{y}{y-x}\bigl(e^{-x}-e^{-y}\bigr), & x\ne y,\\[4pt] y\,e^{-y}, & x=y,\end{cases}\qquad g(y,x)=h(y,0)-h(y,x),h(y,x)=⎩⎨⎧​y−xy​(e−x−e−y),ye−y,​x=y,x=y,​g(y,x)=h(y,0)−h(y,x),

where g(fa1,ma1,a)g(f_{a_1}, m_{a_1,a})g(fa1​​,ma1​,a​) is the probability that aaa is matched through a list headed by a1a_1a1​. The per-advertiser bracket is

B(f;x,y)=1−e−f+1e∑jg(f,xj)−12e(∑jg(yj,xj))2+12e∑jg(f,xj)2,B(f;x,y)=1-e^{-f}+\frac1e\sum_j g(f,x_j)-\frac1{2e}\Bigl(\sum_j g(y_j,x_j)\Bigr)^2+\frac1{2e}\sum_j g(f,x_j)^2,B(f;x,y)=1−e−f+e1​j∑​g(f,xj​)−2e1​(j∑​g(yj​,xj​))2+2e1​j∑​g(f,xj​)2,

and the reduced function of three variables is

R(f,β,s)=1f(1−e−f+1esβg(f,β)−12e(e−1(s−β)+g(1,β))2+12eg(f,β)2).R(f,\beta,s)=\frac1f\Bigl(1-e^{-f}+\frac1e\frac{s}{\beta}g(f,\beta)-\frac1{2e}\bigl(e^{-1}(s-\beta)+g(1,\beta)\bigr)^2+\frac1{2e}g(f,\beta)^2\Bigr).R(f,β,s)=f1​(1−e−f+e1​βs​g(f,β)−2e1​(e−1(s−β)+g(1,β))2+2e1​g(f,β)2).

In Lean these are h, g, bracket f x y and R f β s in RandomListsMatching.GeneralRates.

Formalization targets

Goal: the per-advertiser bound

For 0<f≤10 < f \le 10<f≤1, any k≥0k \ge 0k≥0 and reals with 0≤xj≤yj≤10 \le x_j \le y_j \le 10≤xj​≤yj​≤1, s=∑jxj≤fs = \sum_j x_j \le fs=∑j​xj​≤f and f−s≤1−ln⁡2f - s \le 1 - \ln 2f−s≤1−ln2,

B(f;x,y)f≥0.706.\frac{B(f;x,y)}{f} \ge 0.706 .fB(f;x,y)​≥0.706.

The paper bounds ∑apa/∑afa\sum_a p_a / \sum_a f_a∑a​pa​/∑a​fa​ below by min⁡aB(fa;⋅)/fa\min_a B(f_a; \cdot)/f_amina​B(fa​;⋅)/fa​ (p. 15), so this inequality is the whole of what Theorem 3's numerical constant rests on.

Milestones

  1. Claim 3 (three clauses, p. 15): for y∈[0,1]y \in [0,1]y∈[0,1], h(y,⋅)h(y,\cdot)h(y,⋅) is convex and decreasing on [0,y][0,y][0,y] and g(y,⋅)g(y,\cdot)g(y,⋅) is concave and increasing on [0,y][0,y][0,y]; for x≥0x \ge 0x≥0, g(⋅,x)g(\cdot, x)g(⋅,x) is increasing on [x,∞)[x,\infty)[x,∞).
  2. Inequality (5), analytic part (p. 15): for 0≤x≤y≤10 \le x \le y \le 10≤x≤y≤1, h(y,0)−h(y,x)≤−x ∂2h(y,0)≤e−1xh(y,0)-h(y,x) \le -x\,\partial_2 h(y,0) \le e^{-1}xh(y,0)−h(y,x)≤−x∂2​h(y,0)≤e−1x.
  3. Chord bound (p. 15): ∑jg(f,xj)≥(s/β) g(f,β)\sum_j g(f,x_j) \ge (s/\beta)\, g(f,\beta)∑j​g(f,xj​)≥(s/β)g(f,β).
  4. Cross-sum bound (p. 15): ∑jg(yj,xj)≤e−1(s−β)+g(1,β)\sum_j g(y_j,x_j) \le e^{-1}(s-\beta) + g(1,\beta)∑j​g(yj​,xj​)≤e−1(s−β)+g(1,β).
  5. Reduction (p. 15): B(f;x,y)/f≥R(f,β,s)B(f;x,y)/f \ge R(f,\beta,s)B(f;x,y)/f≥R(f,β,s) when β>0\beta > 0β>0.
  6. Claim 4, corrected (p. 16): R(f,β,s)≥0.706R(f,\beta,s) \ge 0.706R(f,β,s)≥0.706 on 1≥f≥s≥β>01 \ge f \ge s \ge \beta > 01≥f≥s≥β>0, f−s≤1−ln⁡2f - s \le 1 - \ln 2f−s≤1−ln2.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 gives 0.7060.7060.706 for online stochastic matching with general (non-integral) arrival rates, improving the 0.7020.7020.702 of Manshadi et al. The probabilistic half of its proof reduces matching probabilities to the closed forms hhh and ggg; the paper then states that "in the remaining part of the section, we only use algebraic manipulations and the following properties of functions ggg and hhh". That remaining part, posed here, is an exact real inequality, and it is where the constant 0.7060.7060.706 is decided.

Formalizing it. The paper proves Claim 3 in one line ("can be easily verified by taking first and second order partial derivatives") and Claim 4 by a grid computation over cubes of side 0.0010.0010.001, with no recorded error analysis. A machine-checked proof replaces both. It also settles the regime of the constant: Claim 4 as printed, with the constraint f−s≤(1−ln⁡2)+1/nf - s \le (1 - \ln 2) + 1/nf−s≤(1−ln2)+1/n "for n≥100n \ge 100n≥100", is false, and the bound holds in the limit form stated here. None of these statements has a formal proof anywhere, to the extent of the search made for this mission.

Difficulty

The margin is small. The minimum of RRR over the feasible region is about 0.7060280.7060280.706028, attained near (f,β,s)=(1,0.565,ln⁡2)(f,\beta,s) = (1, 0.565, \ln 2)(f,β,s)=(1,0.565,ln2) on the boundary f−s=1−ln⁡2f - s = 1 - \ln 2f−s=1−ln2; the margin over 0.7060.7060.706 is under 3⋅10−53 \cdot 10^{-5}3⋅10−5. Any argument that loses a constant factor in the estimates of e−xe^{-x}e−x, or replaces ln⁡2\ln 2ln2 by a rational bound that is not tight to five digits, fails. The bound is a three-variable statement with the minimum on a boundary face, so a one-variable monotonicity argument does not settle it.

The second difficulty is the function hhh itself. Its two-case definition is continuous but the quotient form has a removable singularity at x=yx = yx=y, which is exactly the end of the interval [0,y][0, y][0,y] on which Claim 3 asserts convexity and concavity. Derivative computations that are routine away from the diagonal need care there.

The natural first idea for the goal, to apply Claim 4 directly to the bracket, does not type-check: the bracket depends on the whole family (xj,yj)(x_j, y_j)(xj​,yj​), and the reduction to three variables through the chord and cross-sum bounds is a separate step.

Formalization scope

  • All quantities are real numbers. eee is Real.exp 1, ln⁡2\ln 2ln2 is Real.log 2, and 0.7060.7060.706 is the exact rational (0.706 : ℝ).
  • hhh keeps the paper's case split at x=yx = yx=y. The neighbour family is indexed by Fin k, and k=0k = 0k=0 is allowed.
  • "Increasing" and "decreasing" are non-strict (MonotoneOn, AntitoneOn); convexity is ConvexOn ℝ (Set.Icc 0 y). The derivative in (5) is deriv (fun t => h y t) 0, the derivative in the second argument; the page's ∂h/∂y\partial h/\partial y∂h/∂y is a slip.
  • Pinned hypotheses. The goal requires f>0f > 0f>0 (an advertiser with fa=0f_a = 0fa​=0 contributes 0/00/00/0 in the paper and 000 in Lean). Claim 4 and the reduction require β>0\beta > 0β>0, because s/βs/\betas/β is 000 in Lean at β=0\beta = 0β=0 and R(1,0,1)≈0.607R(1,0,1) \approx 0.607R(1,0,1)≈0.607; in the paper β=0\beta = 0β=0 forces s=0s = 0s=0, a case the goal covers directly. The hypotheses xj≤yj≤1x_j \le y_j \le 1xj​≤yj​≤1 are the paper's ma1,a≤sa1≤fa1≤1m_{a_1,a} \le s_{a_1} \le f_{a_1} \le 1ma1​,a​≤sa1​​≤fa1​​≤1.
  • Claim 4 is corrected. As printed it is false: at n=100n = 100n=100, (f,β,s)=(1,0.55886,ln⁡2−0.01)(f,\beta,s) = (1, 0.55886, \ln 2 - 0.01)(f,β,s)=(1,0.55886,ln2−0.01) meets the printed constraints and gives R≈0.70521R \approx 0.70521R≈0.70521. The goal fails at n=100n = 100n=100 as well (about 0.705430.705430.70543). Both are stated in the limit f−s≤1−ln⁡2f - s \le 1 - \ln 2f−s≤1−ln2, the regime in which the paper claims Theorem 3 ("nnn is large enough so that a factor of 1+O(1/n)1 + O(1/n)1+O(1/n) is negligible", p. 6). The constant 0.7060.7060.706 is unchanged.
  • Out of scope. Theorem 3 itself, LP (4), the list construction of §5.3, Claim 2 and the bound on pap_apa​ are not posed. They rest on "≈\approx≈" replacements of binomial sums and on an asymptotic independence whose proof "is omitted in the paper", so they have no exact finite-nnn statement.
  • No trivializing reading. The goal's hypotheses are met, for example, by k=1k = 1k=1, f=1f = 1f=1, x1=0.7x_1 = 0.7x1​=0.7, y1=1y_1 = 1y1​=1, and the conclusion is not vacuous there. Its hypotheses do not exclude the minimizer, and the division by fff is guarded.

A complete development needs the derivative calculus of hhh on [0,y][0,y][0,y], including the diagonal, and certified interval bounds for e−xe^{-x}e−x and ln⁡2\ln 2ln2. The latter is reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of Claim 3 or Claim 4 alone are welcome contributions.

Selected references

  • P. Jaillet and X. Lu, Online Stochastic Matching: New Algorithms with Better Bounds, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2014; authors' accepted manuscript, rev. June 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2013.0621
  • V. H. Manshadi, S. Oveis Gharan and A. Saberi, Online Stochastic Matching: Online Actions Based on Offline Statistics, Mathematics of Operations Research 37(4):559–573, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0551
  • J. Feldman, A. Mehta, V. Mirrokni and S. Muthukrishnan, Online Stochastic Matching: Beating 1 − 1/e, FOCS 2009, pp. 117–126. https://arxiv.org/abs/0905.4100
  • R. M. Karp, U. V. Vazirani and V. V. Vazirani, An Optimal Algorithm for On-line Bipartite Matching, STOC 1990, pp. 352–358. https://doi.org/10.1145/100216.100262
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Partial Differential EquationsProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Diffusion Approximation for Fully Coupled Stochastic Differential Equations 1: The Parametric Poisson Equation Has a Unique Centered Solution with Optimal Regularity in x and yResearch Paper

Motivation

Poisson equations for the generator of an ergodic diffusion are a standard tool in stochastic averaging, homogenization and diffusion approximation: to show that a fast ergodic component averages out in a slow equation, one writes the fluctuation f(Xt,Yt)f(X_t,Y_t)f(Xt​,Yt​) as L0u\mathscr L_0 uL0​u and applies Itô's formula to uuu. This requires a solution uuu whose regularity is controlled in two variables at once: the fast variable xxx, in which the operator is elliptic, and the slow variable yyy, which enters as a parameter.

  • Pardoux and Veretennikov (Ann. Probab. 2001, 2003, 2005) studied this equation in the whole space Rd1\mathbb R^{d_1}Rd1​ and used it for diffusion approximation of slow–fast SDEs. In parts I and III the operator does not depend on the parameter, and the solution's regularity in xxx is of Sobolev type; regularity in yyy was obtained by differentiating the associated semigroup in the parameter (Röckner–Xie, Remark 2.2(iii) and p. 1213).
  • Röckner and Xie (2021) prove optimal Hölder regularity in xxx and show that regularity in yyy follows from it, for fully coupled coefficients that depend on both variables and are only Hölder continuous. This mission formalizes that result (their Theorem 2.1) and the steps of its proof.

Setting

Fix d1,d2≥1d_1,d_2\ge1d1​,d2​≥1, a matrix field a(x,y)=(aij(x,y))a(x,y)=(a^{ij}(x,y))a(x,y)=(aij(x,y)) and a vector field b(x,y)∈Rd1b(x,y)\in\mathbb R^{d_1}b(x,y)∈Rd1​ on Rd1×Rd2\mathbb R^{d_1}\times\mathbb R^{d_2}Rd1​×Rd2​. The frozen operator acts on functions of xxx with yyy held fixed:

L0(x,y)=∑i,j=1d1aij(x,y)∂2∂xi∂xj+∑i=1d1bi(x,y)∂∂xi.\mathscr L_0(x,y)=\sum_{i,j=1}^{d_1}a^{ij}(x,y)\frac{\partial^2}{\partial x_i\partial x_j}+\sum_{i=1}^{d_1}b^i(x,y)\frac{\partial}{\partial x_i}.L0​(x,y)=i,j=1∑d1​​aij(x,y)∂xi​∂xj​∂2​+i=1∑d1​​bi(x,y)∂xi​∂​.

The Poisson equation (1.1) is L0(x,y)u(x,y)=f(x,y)\mathscr L_0(x,y)u(x,y)=f(x,y)L0​(x,y)u(x,y)=f(x,y) for all x∈Rd1x\in\mathbb R^{d_1}x∈Rd1​, for each parameter y∈Rd2y\in\mathbb R^{d_2}y∈Rd2​.

The standing assumptions are:

  • (Aσ): a=σσ∗a=\sigma\sigma^*a=σσ∗ is uniformly nondegenerate, i.e. λ−1∣ξ∣2≤∣a(x,y)ξ∣2≤λ∣ξ∣2\lambda^{-1}|\xi|^2\le|a(x,y)\xi|^2\le\lambda|\xi|^2λ−1∣ξ∣2≤∣a(x,y)ξ∣2≤λ∣ξ∣2 for some λ>1\lambda>1λ>1;
  • (Ab): lim⁡∣x∣→∞sup⁡y⟨x,b(x,y)⟩=−∞\lim_{|x|\to\infty}\sup_y\langle x,b(x,y)\rangle=-\inftylim∣x∣→∞​supy​⟨x,b(x,y)⟩=−∞, a weak recurrence condition.

Under these, for each yyy the frozen diffusion dXt=b(Xt,y) dt+σ(Xt,y) dWtdX_t=b(X_t,y)\,dt+\sigma(X_t,y)\,dW_tdXt​=b(Xt​,y)dt+σ(Xt​,y)dWt​ has a unique invariant measure μy\mu^yμy. Since constants solve L0u=0\mathscr L_0u=0L0​u=0, the equation is only solvable for centered right-hand sides, ∫f(x,y) μy(dx)=0\int f(x,y)\,\mu^y(dx)=0∫f(x,y)μy(dx)=0 for every yyy (1.3), and the solution is fixed by requiring it to be centered as well.

Regularity is measured in weighted Hölder classes. f∈Cpδ,0f\in C^{\delta,0}_pf∈Cpδ,0​ (0<δ≤10<\delta\le10<δ≤1) means ∣f(x,y)∣≤C(1+∣x∣m)|f(x,y)|\le C(1+|x|^m)∣f(x,y)∣≤C(1+∣x∣m) and ∣f(x1,y)−f(x2,y)∣≤C(∣x1−x2∣δ∧1)(1+∣x1∣m+∣x2∣m)|f(x_1,y)-f(x_2,y)|\le C(|x_1-x_2|^\delta\wedge1)(1+|x_1|^m+|x_2|^m)∣f(x1​,y)−f(x2​,y)∣≤C(∣x1​−x2​∣δ∧1)(1+∣x1​∣m+∣x2​∣m), uniformly in yyy. Cpδ,ηC^{\delta,\eta}_pCpδ,η​ adds η\etaη derivatives in yyy, with a (η−[η])(\eta-[\eta])(η−[η])-Hölder top derivative. The subscript bbb denotes the bounded version, and Cp2+δ,ηC^{2+\delta,\eta}_pCp2+δ,η​ asks the same of ∇x2u\nabla^2_xu∇x2​u together with growth bounds on uuu and ∇xu\nabla_xu∇x​u.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

If (Aσ), (Ab) hold and a,b∈Cbδ,ηa,b\in C^{\delta,\eta}_ba,b∈Cbδ,η​ with 0<δ≤10<\delta\le10<δ≤1, η≥0\eta\ge0η≥0, then for every centered f∈Cpδ,ηf\in C^{\delta,\eta}_pf∈Cpδ,η​ there is a unique centered u∈Cp2+δ,ηu\in C^{2+\delta,\eta}_pu∈Cp2+δ,η​ with L0u=f\mathscr L_0u=fL0​u=f. For some C0,m>0C_0,m>0C0​,m>0,

∣u∣+∣∇xu∣+∣∇x2u∣≤C0(1+∣x∣m),∣∇x2u(x1,y)−∇x2u(x2,y)∣≤C0(∣x1−x2∣δ∧1)(1+∣x1∣m+∣x2∣m),|u|+|\nabla_xu|+|\nabla^2_xu|\le C_0(1+|x|^m),\qquad|\nabla^2_xu(x_1,y)-\nabla^2_xu(x_2,y)|\le C_0(|x_1-x_2|^\delta\wedge1)(1+|x_1|^m+|x_2|^m),∣u∣+∣∇x​u∣+∣∇x2​u∣≤C0​(1+∣x∣m),∣∇x2​u(x1​,y)−∇x2​u(x2​,y)∣≤C0​(∣x1​−x2​∣δ∧1)(1+∣x1​∣m+∣x2​∣m),

and, for η>0\eta>0η>0, ∥u(x,⋅)∥Cbη≤C0(1+∣x∣m)\|u(x,\cdot)\|_{C^\eta_b}\le C_0(1+|x|^m)∥u(x,⋅)∥Cbη​​≤C0​(1+∣x∣m).

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  1. The transfer formula for η=1\eta=1η=1 (Remark 3.3(ii), Lemma 3.2(i)): if u∈Cp2+δ,0u\in C^{2+\delta,0}_pu∈Cp2+δ,0​ solves L0u=h−hˉ\mathscr L_0u=h-\bar hL0​u=h−hˉ, then
∂y∫h(x,y) μy(dx)=∫[∂yh−∂L0∂yu](x,y) μy(dx).\partial_y\int h(x,y)\,\mu^y(dx)=\int\Big[\partial_yh-\frac{\partial\mathscr L_0}{\partial y}u\Big](x,y)\,\mu^y(dx).∂y​∫h(x,y)μy(dx)=∫[∂y​h−∂y∂L0​​u](x,y)μy(dx).
  1. The increment formula (3.10) for η∈(0,1)\eta\in(0,1)η∈(0,1) (Lemma 3.2(ii)), with hˉ∈Cbη\bar h\in C^\eta_bhˉ∈Cbη​.
  2. Theorem 2.1 for η=0\eta=0η=0: existence, uniqueness and the xxx-estimates (2.1)–(2.2).
  3. Step 3: the right-hand side ∂yf−∂yL0 u\partial_yf-\partial_y\mathscr L_0\,u∂y​f−∂y​L0​u of the differentiated equation is centered.
  4. Step 3: for η=1\eta=1η=1 the solution satisfies ∂yu∈Cp2+δ,0\partial_yu\in C^{2+\delta,0}_p∂y​u∈Cp2+δ,0​ and ∣∂yu∣≤C(1+∣x∣m)|\partial_yu|\le C(1+|x|^m)∣∂y​u∣≤C(1+∣x∣m).
  5. Step 4: for η∈(0,1)\eta\in(0,1)η∈(0,1), ∣u(x,y1)−u(x,y2)∣≤C(∣y1−y2∣η∧1)(1+∣x∣m)|u(x,y_1)-u(x,y_2)|\le C(|y_1-y_2|^\eta\wedge1)(1+|x|^m)∣u(x,y1​)−u(x,y2​)∣≤C(∣y1​−y2​∣η∧1)(1+∣x∣m).

Significance

The theorem supplies the corrector used in Theorem 2.3 of the same paper, the weak convergence rate of the slow component of a fully coupled multiscale SDE to its averaged limit. Its form, regularity in yyy matching that of the data and no derivative of μy\mu^yμy in yyy, is what lets the rates depend only on the regularity of the coefficients in the slow variable. The transfer formulas (3.9)–(3.10) also show that averaged coefficients hˉ(y)=∫h dμy\bar h(y)=\int h\,d\mu^yhˉ(y)=∫hdμy inherit the yyy-regularity of hhh, a question that comes up in every averaging or homogenization limit.

The result is proved in the paper. None of it is formalized: Lean and Mathlib have no fundamental solutions of non-divergence elliptic operators, no Schauder theory and no invariant measures of diffusions. The mission poses the statements, so that the proof can be built in layers and the parts that do not depend on the Gaussian kernel bounds (the transfer formulas given a solution, the induction in Steps 3–4) can be proved separately.

Difficulty

Existence and the estimates (2.1)–(2.2) rest on the probabilistic representation u=∫0∞Ttf dtu=\int_0^\infty T_tf\,dtu=∫0∞​Tt​fdt and on Gaussian bounds and ergodic decay for the fundamental solution pt(x,x′;y)p_t(x,x';y)pt​(x,x′;y) of L0(⋅,y)\mathscr L_0(\cdot,y)L0​(⋅,y) (Lemma 3.1, cited from Ladyzhenskaya–Solonnikov–Ural'tseva and Pardoux–Veretennikov II, Proposition 3). The coefficients are only Hölder in xxx, so the Hessian bound needs the cancellation ∫∇x2pt dx′\int\nabla^2_xp_t\,dx'∫∇x2​pt​dx′ (3.3), not just a size estimate on ∇x2pt\nabla^2_xp_t∇x2​pt​. The obvious approach to yyy-regularity, differentiating TtfT_tfTt​f or μy\mu^yμy in yyy, needs derivatives of the invariant density in the parameter, which are hard to control. The paper's route, differentiating the equation and using the transfer formula to recenter, only works if the differentiated right-hand side is again centered. That centering is the content of Lemma 3.2.

Formalization scope

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); ∇x\nabla_x∇x​, ∇x2\nabla^2_x∇x2​ are fderiv and iteratedFDeriv ℝ 2 in xxx, ∂yj\partial^j_y∂yj​ is iteratedFDeriv ℝ j in yyy, with operator norms. yyy-derivatives in the milestones are directional.
  • (Aσ) includes symmetric positive semidefiniteness of aaa (the content of a=σσ∗a=\sigma\sigma^*a=σσ∗). (Ab) is the ∀M ∃R\forall M\,\exists R∀M∃R form.
  • μy\mu^yμy is a hypothesis: a family of probability measures, each infinitesimally invariant for L0(⋅,y)\mathscr L_0(\cdot,y)L0​(⋅,y) (∫L0g dμy=0\int\mathscr L_0g\,d\mu^y=0∫L0​gdμy=0 for smooth compactly supported ggg). Under the assumptions this is the unique invariant measure of the frozen SDE (1.7); the SDE itself is not formalized. No moment bounds on μy\mu^yμy are assumed, since they are consequences.
  • Centering includes μy\mu^yμy-integrability, and every integral formula in a conclusion asserts integrability of its integrand, so no statement can hold through a junk zero integral.
  • The classes include the polynomial growth bound and all lower yyy-derivatives; matrix coefficients are in Cbδ,ηC^{\delta,\eta}_bCbδ,η​ entrywise; η≥0\eta\ge0η≥0 is real, split as [η]+[\eta]+[η]+ fractional part; a yyy-derivative is read as continuous (CkC^kCk in yyy). The CbηC^\eta_bCbη​ norm is in max form.
  • Not posed: the clause that C0,mC_0,mC0​,m depend "only on d1,d2d_1,d_2d1​,d2​, ∥a∥Cbδ,0\|a\|_{C^{\delta,0}_b}∥a∥Cbδ,0​​, ∥b∥Cbδ,0\|b\|_{C^{\delta,0}_b}∥b∥Cbδ,0​​, [f]Cpδ,0[f]_{C^{\delta,0}_p}[f]Cpδ,0​​", which is false as printed ([f]Cpδ,0[f]_{C^{\delta,0}_p}[f]Cpδ,0​​ is a supremum over the unit ball, and λ\lambdaλ and the rate in (Ab) are missing), and the recursive constant Kη\mathcal K_\etaKη​ of (2.4)–(2.5). The constants exist for each fixed (a,b,f)(a,b,f)(a,b,f). (2.1)–(2.2), printed under "Case η = 0", are asserted for every η\etaη.
  • Uniqueness is stated for the whole class Cp2+δ,ηC^{2+\delta,\eta}_pCp2+δ,η​, not only among solutions that satisfy the estimates. Without the invariance of μy\mu^yμy for the same a,ba,ba,b, or without centering, the statement would be false; both are part of the hypotheses.
  • Useful contributions beyond this mission: Hölder spaces with polynomial weights, fundamental solutions of non-divergence-form operators, invariant measures of elliptic diffusions, and the identification of infinitesimally invariant measures with invariant measures of the diffusion.

Selected references

  • M. Röckner, L. Xie, Diffusion approximation for fully coupled stochastic differential equations, Ann. Probab. 49(3), 1205–1236, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1214/20-AOP1475
  • E. Pardoux, A. Yu. Veretennikov, On the Poisson equation and diffusion approximation. I, Ann. Probab. 29(3), 1061–1085, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1015345596
  • E. Pardoux, A. Yu. Veretennikov, On Poisson equation and diffusion approximation. II, Ann. Probab. 31(3), 1166–1192, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1055425774
  • E. Pardoux, A. Yu. Veretennikov, On the Poisson equation and diffusion approximation 3, Ann. Probab. 33(3), 1111–1133, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1214/009117905000000062
  • O. A. Ladyzhenskaya, V. A. Solonnikov, N. N. Ural'tseva, Linear and Quasi-linear Equations of Parabolic Type, AMS Translations of Mathematical Monographs 23, 1968. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=0241822
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

On Well-Posedness of Forward–Backward SDEs—A Unified Approach 3: With Constant Coefficients, σ₃ ≠ 0, σ₃h ≠ 1 the Dominating ODE Keeps y and (1 − σ₃y)⁻¹ Bounded for Every T Iff One of Four Cases HoldsResearch Paper

Motivation

A forward–backward stochastic differential equation (FBSDE) couples a forward diffusion XXX with a backward equation for a pair (Y,Z)(Y,Z)(Y,Z) whose terminal value depends on XTX_TXT​. Such systems arise from the stochastic maximum principle, from option pricing with large investors, and from stochastic differential games. Whether an FBSDE with Lipschitz coefficients has a unique solution on an arbitrary horizon [0,T][0,T][0,T] is a classical question: small-time solvability is easy, but global solvability can fail even for linear equations.

J. Ma, Z. Wu, D. Zhang and J. Zhang, On well-posedness of forward–backward SDEs—a unified approach (arXiv:1110.4658v2, Ann. Appl. Probab. 25 (2015)), reduce well-posedness to the existence of bounded solutions of two deterministic dominating ordinary differential equations, obtained from the difference quotients of the coefficients. For linear FBSDEs with constant coefficients the two dominating ODEs coincide, and the authors give sharp criteria for global solvability. This mission formalizes the criterion in the case σ3≠0\sigma_3\neq0σ3​=0, where the dominating ODE has a rational right-hand side with a pole.

Earlier global results for coupled FBSDEs rested on the four-step scheme (Ma–Protter–Yong 1994) or on monotonicity conditions (Hu–Peng 1995); §7.4 of the paper compares the dominating-ODE approach with these methods.

Setting

The linear FBSDE (4.1) with constant coefficients is determined by nine reals b1,b2,b3,σ1,σ2,σ3,f1,f2,f3b_1,b_2,b_3,\sigma_1,\sigma_2,\sigma_3,f_1,f_2,f_3b1​,b2​,b3​,σ1​,σ2​,σ3​,f1​,f2​,f3​ and a terminal slope hhh. Its dominating function is (3.9),

F(y)=f1+f2y+y(b1+b2y)+(f3+b3y) y (σ1+σ2y)1−σ3y,F(y)=f_1+f_2y+y(b_1+b_2y)+\frac{(f_3+b_3y)\,y\,(\sigma_1+\sigma_2y)}{1-\sigma_3y},F(y)=f1​+f2​y+y(b1​+b2​y)+1−σ3​y(f3​+b3​y)y(σ1​+σ2​y)​,

defined for y≠1/σ3y\neq1/\sigma_3y=1/σ3​. When σ3≠0\sigma_3\neq0σ3​=0 it can be rewritten as (5.8),

F(y)=α01/σ3−y+α1+α2y+α3y2,α3=b2−b3σ2σ3,F(y)=\frac{\alpha_0}{1/\sigma_3-y}+\alpha_1+\alpha_2y+\alpha_3y^2,\qquad \alpha_3=b_2-\frac{b_3\sigma_2}{\sigma_3},F(y)=1/σ3​−yα0​​+α1​+α2​y+α3​y2,α3​=b2​−σ3​b3​σ2​​,

for constants α0,α1,α2\alpha_0,\alpha_1,\alpha_2α0​,α1​,α2​. The dominating ODE (5.3) is the backward integral equation

yt=h+∫tTF(ys) ds,t∈[0,T].y_t=h+\int_t^TF(y_s)\,ds,\qquad t\in[0,T].yt​=h+∫tT​F(ys​)ds,t∈[0,T].

The paper needs a solution satisfying (5.9): both yyy and (1−σ3y)−1(1-\sigma_3y)^{-1}(1−σ3​y)−1 are bounded on [0,T][0,T][0,T]. Since yT=hy_T=hyT​=h, this forces σ3h≠1\sigma_3h\neq1σ3​h=1 (Remark 5.5).

The comparison tool is Lemma 5.1. For measurable F0,F1,F2F^0,F^1,F^2F0,F1,F2 it gives a unique solution of yt0=h0+∫tTF0(s,ys0) dsy^0_t=h^0+\int_t^TF^0(s,y^0_s)\,dsyt0​=h0+∫tT​F0(s,ys0​)ds lying between a sub-solution y1y^1y1 and a super-solution y2y^2y2 of perturbed equations (5.2).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.6 (corrected)

For σ3≠0\sigma_3\neq0σ3​=0 and hσ3≠1h\sigma_3\neq1hσ3​=1, the ODE (5.3) has a solution satisfying (5.9) for every T>0T>0T>0 if and only if one of the following holds:

  1. h<1/σ3h<1/\sigma_3h<1/σ3​, F(h)≤0F(h)\le0F(h)≤0, and FFF has a zero in (−∞,h](-\infty,h](−∞,h] or α3=0\alpha_3=0α3​=0;
  2. h>1/σ3h>1/\sigma_3h>1/σ3​, F(h)≥0F(h)\ge0F(h)≥0, and FFF has a zero in [h,∞)[h,\infty)[h,∞) or α3=0\alpha_3=0α3​=0;
  3. h<1/σ3h<1/\sigma_3h<1/σ3​, F(h)≥0F(h)\ge0F(h)≥0, and FFF has a zero in [h,1/σ3)[h,1/\sigma_3)[h,1/σ3​) or F(y)→0F(y)\to0F(y)→0 as y↑1/σ3y\uparrow1/\sigma_3y↑1/σ3​;
  4. h>1/σ3h>1/\sigma_3h>1/σ3​, F(h)≤0F(h)\le0F(h)≤0, and FFF has a zero in (1/σ3,h](1/\sigma_3,h](1/σ3​,h] or F(y)→0F(y)\to0F(y)→0 as y↓1/σ3y\downarrow1/\sigma_3y↓1/σ3​.

The limit alternatives in cases 3 and 4 are not printed in the paper. Without them the equivalence is false. Take σ3=1\sigma_3=1σ3​=1, f1=1f_1=1f1​=1, f2=−1f_2=-1f2​=−1, all other coefficients 000, and h=0h=0h=0. Then F(y)=1−yF(y)=1-yF(y)=1−y, and yt=1−et−Ty_t=1-e^{t-T}yt​=1−et−T satisfies (5.9) on every horizon, yet none of the printed cases holds. The gap is in the Appendix (p. 48): it asserts that FFF is positive on the closed interval [h,σ3−1][h,\sigma_3^{-1}][h,σ3−1​] when α0=0\alpha_0=0α0​=0, which fails when the polynomial part vanishes at the pole. A companion item records the counterexample.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof:

  • the decomposition (5.8);
  • the comparison Lemma 5.1;
  • the three sufficiency arguments of p. 23 (case (i) with a zero, case (i) with α3=0\alpha_3=0α3​=0, case (iii));
  • the necessity bounds of the Appendix:
    • in case (i): a zero exists when α3>0\alpha_3>0α3​>0, and F(y)≤−ε(h+1−y)2F(y)\le-\varepsilon(h+1-y)^2F(y)≤−ε(h+1−y)2 when α3<0\alpha_3<0α3​<0 and there is no zero;
    • in case (iii): a zero exists when α0<0\alpha_0<0α0​<0, and F(y)≥ε(σ3−1−y)−1F(y)\ge\varepsilon(\sigma_3^{-1}-y)^{-1}F(y)≥ε(σ3−1​−y)−1 when α0>0\alpha_0>0α0​>0 and there is no zero;
  • the comparison with the explicit solution (σ3−1−y~t)2=(σ3−1−h)2−2ε(T−t)(\sigma_3^{-1}-\tilde y_t)^2=(\sigma_3^{-1}-h)^2-2\varepsilon(T-t)(σ3−1​−y~​t​)2=(σ3−1​−h)2−2ε(T−t);
  • the case α0=0\alpha_0=0α0​=0, with the endpoint positivity made a hypothesis.

Significance

In the paper, Theorem 5.6 is the sharp solvability criterion for linear FBSDEs with constant coefficients and σ3≠0\sigma_3\neq0σ3​=0. The paper describes these sharp conditions as setting the "limits" for the solvability of general FBSDEs, and the nonlinear Theorems 5.9–5.11 and the main well-posedness Theorem 7.4 are modelled on them. Because the criterion is an equivalence, it also says when no regular decoupling field can be built from the dominating ODE, whatever the horizon.

The result is proved in the paper, but the printed statement is not correct as an equivalence (see above). The mission states and asks for a corrected version, a machine-checked counterexample to the printed one, and formal versions of each step of the proof. The deterministic parts (comparison for backward integral equations, finite-time blow-up of scalar autonomous ODEs, pole-reaching for rational vector fields) are basic real analysis with no current Lean library. They are reusable well beyond FBSDEs. No part of this paper has a machine-checked proof.

Difficulty

Each sufficiency case is an a priori bound: a comparison with a constant or explicitly solvable equation keeps the solution in a fixed interval away from the pole. The difficulty is on the necessity side, where three kinds of failure must be excluded:

  • blow-up to ±∞\pm\infty±∞ when α3≠0\alpha_3\neq0α3​=0 has the wrong sign;
  • reaching the pole in finite time when α0>0\alpha_0>0α0​>0;
  • reaching the pole when α0=0\alpha_0=0α0​=0.

The obvious argument for the last case, "FFF is bounded below by a positive constant up to the pole", is exactly what fails when FFF tends to 000 at the pole. There the solution approaches the pole only asymptotically, and the right criterion is the corrected one above. A second subtlety is that FFF is only locally Lipschitz off the pole, so comparison must be carried out on a band in which the solution provably stays.

Formalization scope

Time is real, with 0≤t≤T0\le t\le T0≤t≤T and T>0T>0T>0. The coefficients form a record Coeffs of nine reals, and Coeffs.F is (3.9) verbatim. A solution on [0,T][0,T][0,T] is a function y:R→Ry:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Ry:R→R such that, for every t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T], the integrand s↦F(ys)s\mapsto F(y_s)s↦F(ys​) is integrable on [t,T][t,T][t,T] and yt=h+∫tTF(ys) dsy_t=h+\int_t^TF(y_s)\,dsyt​=h+∫tT​F(ys​)ds; values outside [0,T][0,T][0,T] are irrelevant. Condition (5.9) is a uniform bound on ∣y∣|y|∣y∣ together with ∣1−σ3yt∣≥κ|1-\sigma_3y_t|\ge\kappa∣1−σ3​yt​∣≥κ for some κ>0\kappa>0κ>0. "For arbitrary TTT" is a universal quantifier over T>0T>0T>0 outside the existential.

Lean's conventions are total, so several trivializing formalizations are ruled out explicitly:

  • Lean's integral of a non-integrable function is 000, so integrability is part of the solution predicate.
  • Lean's x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 gives Coeffs.F a junk value at the pole. No statement evaluates FFF there: every zero point, bound and limit in the statements lives strictly on one side of 1/σ31/\sigma_31/σ3​.
  • (5.9) is never encoded as a bound on the Lean inverse (1−σ3y)−1(1-\sigma_3y)^{-1}(1−σ3​y)−1, which is 000 at the pole.
  • σ3≠0\sigma_3\neq0σ3​=0 is assumed wherever α3\alpha_3α3​ or 1/σ31/\sigma_31/σ3​ appears.
  • Lemma 5.1 adds the hypothesis y1≤y2y^1\le y^2y1≤y2, without which it is false, and asks the cic^ici to be integrable.

The constants α0,α1,α2\alpha_0,\alpha_1,\alpha_2α0​,α1​,α2​ of (5.8) enter the necessity milestones only through the decomposition hypothesis, never through a formula.

The development needs a Picard–Lindelöf or comparison argument for backward scalar integral equations with locally Lipschitz right-hand sides, monotonicity of autonomous scalar solutions, and the intermediate value theorem. Contributions of a general comparison lemma for scalar integral equations would serve this mission and both other missions of the series.

Selected references

  • J. Ma, Z. Wu, D. Zhang, J. Zhang, On well-posedness of forward–backward SDEs—a unified approach, Ann. Appl. Probab. 25(4):2168–2214, 2015. arXiv:1110.4658v2, doi:10.1214/14-AAP1046
  • J. Ma, P. Protter, J. Yong, Solving forward–backward stochastic differential equations explicitly—a four step scheme, Probab. Theory Related Fields 98:339–359, 1994. doi:10.1007/BF01192258
  • Y. Hu, S. Peng, Solution of forward–backward stochastic differential equations, Probab. Theory Related Fields 103:273–283, 1995. doi:10.1007/BF01204218
  • J. Ma, J. Yong, Forward–Backward Stochastic Differential Equations and Their Applications, Lecture Notes in Math. 1702, Springer, 1999. doi:10.1007/978-3-540-48831-6
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Mathematical PhysicsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Conformal Weldings of Random Surfaces: SLE and the Quantum Gravity Zipper 1: Reverse SLE_κ/GFF Coupling — Zipping Up a Free Boundary GFF by a Reverse Loewner Flow Preserves Its LawResearch Paper

Motivation

Liouville quantum gravity describes random surfaces whose area measure is formally eγh(z)dze^{\gamma h(z)}dzeγh(z)dz, where hhh is a Gaussian free field (GFF). Schramm–Loewner evolution (SLEκ_\kappaκ​) describes random fractal curves that arise as scaling limits of interfaces in critical lattice models. Sheffield's paper Conformal weldings of random surfaces: SLE and the quantum gravity zipper (arXiv:1012.4797, Ann. Probab. 44 (2016), DOI 10.1214/15-AOP1055) shows that the two theories fit together: SLE curves are the interfaces obtained by conformally welding independent quantum surfaces along their boundaries.

The starting point of that program is a coupling between the reverse Loewner flow and the free boundary GFF (Theorem 1.2 of the paper): zipping up the upper half-plane by a reverse SLEκ_\kappaκ​ map, and changing coordinates by the rule of Liouville quantum gravity, does not change the law of the field. This mission formalizes that theorem and the calculations of §4.1 that prove it.

Timeline. Couplings of forward SLE with the GFF go back to Schramm–Sheffield for κ=4\kappa=4κ=4 (arXiv:1008.2447) and to Dubédat for general κ\kappaκ (arXiv:0712.3018). The reverse coupling with the free boundary GFF and the factor Qlog⁡∣fT′∣Q\log|f_T'|Qlog∣fT′​∣ is Sheffield's (2010 preprint, published 2016); it underlies the later mating-of-trees theory of Duplantier–Miller–Sheffield (arXiv:1409.7055).

Setting

Let H={z∈C:Im⁡z>0}\mathbb H=\{z\in\mathbb C:\operatorname{Im}z>0\}H={z∈C:Imz>0}. A test function is a smooth, compactly supported real function ρ\rhoρ with support in H\mathbb HH; it has mean zero if ∫Hρ(z) dz=0\int_{\mathbb H}\rho(z)\,dz=0∫H​ρ(z)dz=0. For a function FFF write (F,ρ)=∫Fρ dz(F,\rho)=\int F\rho\,dz(F,ρ)=∫Fρdz.

The free boundary Green's function is G(y,z)=−log⁡∣y−z∣−log⁡∣y−zˉ∣G(y,z)=-\log|y-z|-\log|y-\bar z|G(y,z)=−log∣y−z∣−log∣y−zˉ∣, and the energy of two test functions is

E(ρ1,ρ2)=∫H∫Hρ1(y) G(y,z) ρ2(z) dy dz.E(\rho_1,\rho_2)=\int_{\mathbb H}\int_{\mathbb H}\rho_1(y)\,G(y,z)\,\rho_2(z)\,dy\,dz .E(ρ1​,ρ2​)=∫H​∫H​ρ1​(y)G(y,z)ρ2​(z)dydz.

A free boundary GFF h~\tilde hh~ is a random modulo-additive-constant distribution: for every family of mean-zero test functions ρ1,…,ρn\rho_1,\dots,\rho_nρ1​,…,ρn​, the vector ((h~,ρj))j((\tilde h,\rho_j))_j((h~,ρj​))j​ is a centred Gaussian vector with covariance (E(ρi,ρj))i,j(E(\rho_i,\rho_j))_{i,j}(E(ρi​,ρj​))i,j​. Pairings with test functions of nonzero mean are not defined.

Fix κ>0\kappa>0κ>0 and a standard Brownian motion BBB, and put Wt=κBtW_t=\sqrt\kappa B_tWt​=κ​Bt​. The reverse Loewner flow is ft(z)=gt(z)−Wtf_t(z)=g_t(z)-W_tft​(z)=gt​(z)−Wt​, where for each z∈Hz\in\mathbb Hz∈H

∂tgt(z)=−2gt(z)−Wt,g0(z)=z,\partial_t g_t(z)=\frac{-2}{g_t(z)-W_t},\qquad g_0(z)=z ,∂t​gt​(z)=gt​(z)−Wt​−2​,g0​(z)=z,

the pathwise form of dft(z)=−2ft(z)dt−κ dBtdf_t(z)=\frac{-2}{f_t(z)}dt-\sqrt\kappa\,dB_tdft​(z)=ft​(z)−2​dt−κ​dBt​. Write ft′=∂zftf_t'=\partial_zf_tft′​=∂z​ft​ and

Q=2κ+κ2,h0(z)=2κlog⁡∣z∣,ht(z)=h0(ft(z))+Qlog⁡∣ft′(z)∣.Q=\frac{2}{\sqrt\kappa}+\frac{\sqrt\kappa}{2},\qquad \mathfrak h_0(z)=\frac{2}{\sqrt\kappa}\log|z|,\qquad \mathfrak h_t(z)=\mathfrak h_0(f_t(z))+Q\log|f_t'(z)| .Q=κ​2​+2κ​​,h0​(z)=κ​2​log∣z∣,ht​(z)=h0​(ft​(z))+Qlog∣ft′​(z)∣.

The fraktur ht\mathfrak h_tht​ are deterministic functionals of the flow. Finally Gt(y,z)=G(ft(y),ft(z))G_t(y,z)=G(f_t(y),f_t(z))Gt​(y,z)=G(ft​(y),ft​(z)), Et(ρ1,ρ2)=∬ρ1(y)Gt(y,z)ρ2(z) dy dzE_t(\rho_1,\rho_2)=\iint\rho_1(y)G_t(y,z)\rho_2(z)\,dy\,dzEt​(ρ1​,ρ2​)=∬ρ1​(y)Gt​(y,z)ρ2​(z)dydz, and Ct(z)=−log⁡Im⁡ft(z)−log⁡∣ft′(z)∣C_t(z)=-\log\operatorname{Im}f_t(z)-\log|f_t'(z)|Ct​(z)=−logImft​(z)−log∣ft′​(z)∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.2

For every T>0T>0T>0, with h~\tilde hh~ independent of BBB,

h0+h~ =d hT+h~∘fT(modulo additive constants),\mathfrak h_0+\tilde h\ \overset{d}{=}\ \mathfrak h_T+\tilde h\circ f_T\qquad\text{(modulo additive constants),}h0​+h~ =d hT​+h~∘fT​(modulo additive constants),

that is, the pairing vectors with every finite family of mean-zero test functions have the same law. Here (h~∘fT,ρ)=(h~,∣(fT−1)′∣2ρ∘fT−1)(\tilde h\circ f_T,\rho)=(\tilde h,|(f_T^{-1})'|^2\rho\circ f_T^{-1})(h~∘fT​,ρ)=(h~,∣(fT−1​)′∣2ρ∘fT−1​).

Milestones (in the order the proof uses them)

  1. The reverse-flow table on p. 44: ddtft′(z)=2ft′(z)/ft(z)2\frac{d}{dt}f_t'(z)=2f_t'(z)/f_t(z)^2dtd​ft′​(z)=2ft′​(z)/ft​(z)2.
  2. The table on p. 47: ddtGt(y,z)=−Re⁡2ft(y)Re⁡2ft(z)\frac{d}{dt}G_t(y,z)=-\operatorname{Re}\frac{2}{f_t(y)}\operatorname{Re}\frac{2}{f_t(z)}dtd​Gt​(y,z)=−Reft​(y)2​Reft​(z)2​.
  3. Im⁡ft(z)\operatorname{Im}f_t(z)Imft​(z) is strictly increasing in ttt.
  4. ∣∂tCt(z)∣|\partial_tC_t(z)|∣∂t​Ct​(z)∣ is bounded uniformly for zzz in a compact subset of H\mathbb HH and all ttt.
  5. For fixed zzz, ht(z)\mathfrak h_t(z)ht​(z) is a martingale.
  6. For mean-zero ρ\rhoρ, (ht,ρ)(\mathfrak h_t,\rho)(ht​,ρ) is a martingale.
  7. For fixed x≠yx\neq yx=y, ht(x)ht(y)+Gt(x,y)\mathfrak h_t(x)\mathfrak h_t(y)+G_t(x,y)ht​(x)ht​(y)+Gt​(x,y) is a martingale.
  8. (4.2): (ht,ρ1)(ht,ρ2)+Et(ρ1,ρ2)(\mathfrak h_t,\rho_1)(\mathfrak h_t,\rho_2)+E_t(\rho_1,\rho_2)(ht​,ρ1​)(ht​,ρ2​)+Et​(ρ1​,ρ2​) is a martingale.
  9. The one-dimensional law: mixing N((hT,ρ),ET(ρ))\mathcal N((\mathfrak h_T,\rho),E_T(\rho))N((hT​,ρ),ET​(ρ)) over BBB gives N((h0,ρ),E(ρ,ρ))\mathcal N((\mathfrak h_0,\rho),E(\rho,\rho))N((h0​,ρ),E(ρ,ρ)).
  10. Proposition 3.1: a random modulo-constant distribution whose mean-zero pairings are N(0,E(ρ,ρ))\mathcal N(0,E(\rho,\rho))N(0,E(ρ,ρ)) is the free boundary GFF.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1.2 says that the free boundary quantum surface (H,h0+h~)(\mathbb H,\mathfrak h_0+\tilde h)(H,h0​+h~) is invariant in law under zipping up by an independent reverse SLEκ_\kappaκ​ for a fixed time. It is the stationarity statement behind the quantum gravity zipper: Theorems 1.3–1.4 and 1.8 of the paper (the welding of boundary arcs of equal quantum length, treated in the companion mission) start from it, and the subsequent theory of quantum wedges, quantum cones and mating of trees uses it as a basic tool. It also gives an alternate way to sample the field: first sample BBB (hence the curve), then sample an independent GFF, and form hT+h~∘fT\mathfrak h_T+\tilde h\circ f_ThT​+h~∘fT​.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the literature, and the paper itself regards several steps as standard (Proposition 3.1 is cited to [She07]). No part of it has a machine-checked proof. A complete development would give Lean its first Gaussian free field, its first reverse Loewner flow, and martingale statements for SLE functionals; the deterministic Loewner calculus of milestones 1–4 is useful independently of the probabilistic part.

Difficulty

The time derivatives in milestones 1–3 are routine once the flow is known to be holomorphic in zzz, and milestone 4 follows from them. The obstacle is upgrading local martingales to martingales and exchanging the stochastic dynamics with integration in zzz. Itô's formula gives that ht(z)\mathfrak h_t(z)ht​(z) is a continuous local martingale; that it is a true martingale needs the bound of milestone 4, which shows that it is a Brownian motion run for a time at most a constant times ttt. Passing from points to (ht,ρ)(\mathfrak h_t,\rho)(ht​,ρ) and to (4.2) needs integrability of ht(z)\mathfrak h_t(z)ht​(z) uniformly on the support of ρ\rhoρ and a Fubini argument. Mathlib has neither Itô calculus nor quadratic variation, so these steps need either a stochastic-calculus library or a direct argument. The final step (milestones 9–10) needs the Cramér–Wold device for an infinite-dimensional Gaussian field and the change of variables E(ρfT)=ET(ρ)E(\rho^{f_T})=E_T(\rho)E(ρfT​)=ET​(ρ).

Formalization scope

  • H\mathbb HH is the open set {0<Im⁡z}\{0<\operatorname{Im}z\}{0<Imz} of C\mathbb CC as a real normed space; test functions are Mathlib's 𝓓(ℍ, ℝ); integrals are Bochner integrals for Lebesgue measure on C\mathbb CC and C×C\mathbb C\times\mathbb CC×C.
  • The free boundary GFF is a predicate on a map Ω→\Omega\toΩ→ (test functions →R\to\mathbb R→R): measurable pairings, and multivariateGaussian 0 (E(ρ_i,ρ_j)) laws for every mean-zero family. Every statement pairs only with mean-zero test functions.
  • The Green's function carries no factor 1/(2π)1/(2\pi)1/(2π) (the Dirichlet inner product carries (2π)−1(2\pi)^{-1}(2π)−1).
  • The reverse Loewner flow is pathwise: an ODE in ttt for gt=ft+Wtg_t=f_t+W_tgt​=ft​+Wt​, required for every z∈Hz\in\mathbb Hz∈H and t≥0t\ge0t≥0. Time is R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​. The deterministic milestones are stated for every continuous driving function.
  • BBB is Mathlib's IsBrownianReal, taken with every path continuous and every coordinate measurable; martingales are with respect to its natural filtration and hold for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0.
  • The goal is stated through the conditional law given BBB: the PPP-mixture of N(((hT,ρj))j,(ET(ρi,ρj)))\mathcal N\big(((\mathfrak h_T,\rho_j))_j,(E_T(\rho_i,\rho_j))\big)N(((hT​,ρj​))j​,(ET​(ρi​,ρj​))) equals the law of ((h0,ρj)+(h~,ρj))j((\mathfrak h_0,\rho_j)+(\tilde h,\rho_j))_j((h0​,ρj​)+(h~,ρj​))j​, with h~\tilde hh~ on its own probability space. The mixture is a lower Lebesgue integral of set probabilities.
  • A trivializing formalization would define EtE_tEt​ with the forward Green's function, mix over a measure other than the law of BBB, or let the GFF predicate fix only one-dimensional laws; none of these is used, and Proposition 3.1 is stated separately.
  • Welcome contributions: a Loewner-ODE library (existence, uniqueness, holomorphy in zzz), Gaussian free field infrastructure, and martingale arguments without Itô calculus.

Selected references

  • S. Sheffield, Conformal weldings of random surfaces: SLE and the quantum gravity zipper, Ann. Probab. 44(5) (2016), 3474–3545. arXiv:1012.4797, DOI 10.1214/15-AOP1055
  • S. Sheffield, Gaussian free fields for mathematicians, Probab. Theory Related Fields 139 (2007), 521–541. arXiv:math/0312099
  • O. Schramm, S. Sheffield, A contour line of the continuum Gaussian free field, Probab. Theory Related Fields 157 (2013), 47–80. arXiv:1008.2447
  • J. Dubédat, SLE and the free field: partition functions and couplings, J. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (2009), 995–1054. arXiv:0712.3018
  • B. Duplantier, S. Sheffield, Liouville quantum gravity and KPZ, Invent. Math. 185 (2011), 333–393. arXiv:0808.1560
  • B. Duplantier, J. Miller, S. Sheffield, Liouville quantum gravity as a mating of trees, Astérisque 427 (2021). arXiv:1409.7055
14 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

On Well-Posedness of Forward–Backward SDEs—A Unified Approach 1: Under Cases I–III the FBSDE Has a Decoupling Field with Bounded Difference Quotients and a Unique L² Solution on [0, T]Research Paper

Motivation

A forward–backward stochastic differential equation (FBSDE) couples a forward SDE, solved from an initial state, with a backward SDE, solved from a terminal condition that depends on the forward state. Such systems arise from the stochastic maximum principle, from quasilinear parabolic PDEs through Feynman–Kac formulas, and in mathematical finance. Whenever a control problem or a market model is solved through its first-order conditions, a fully coupled FBSDE appears, and the question is whether it has a unique solution.

The history has a recurring gap: each method covers a different regime, and none handles coefficients that are random, fully coupled, and have a forward diffusion depending on the martingale integrand ZZZ, over an arbitrary horizon.

  • 1993: F. Antonelli proved well-posedness over a small time interval by contraction, under a smallness condition on the coupling.
  • 1994: J. Ma, P. Protter and J. Yong introduced the four-step scheme, solving Markovian FBSDEs with deterministic coefficients over arbitrary horizons through a quasilinear PDE; the forward diffusion may not depend on zzz in a degenerate way.
  • 1995–1999: Y. Hu, S. Peng and Z. Wu developed the method of continuation, which allows random coefficients over arbitrary horizons under a monotonicity condition on the coefficients.
  • 1999–2002: E. Pardoux and S. Tang, and F. Delarue, extended the PDE and fixed-point approaches under weak-coupling or strong-monotonicity conditions, in the Markovian setting.
  • 2015: J. Ma, Z. Wu, D. Zhang and J. Zhang (the source of this mission) gave a unified approach through the decoupling field and a scalar ordinary differential equation that dominates its spatial derivative.

Setting

Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0 and a probability space carrying a one-dimensional Brownian motion BBB, with F\mathbb FF its natural filtration augmented by the null sets. All processes are real valued. The FBSDE (1.1) is

Xt=x+∫0tb(s,Θs) ds+∫0tσ(s,Θs) dBs,Yt=g(XT)+∫tTf(s,Θs) ds−∫tTZs dBs,X_t=x+\int_0^t b(s,\Theta_s)\,ds+\int_0^t\sigma(s,\Theta_s)\,dB_s,\qquad Y_t=g(X_T)+\int_t^T f(s,\Theta_s)\,ds-\int_t^T Z_s\,dB_s ,Xt​=x+∫0t​b(s,Θs​)ds+∫0t​σ(s,Θs​)dBs​,Yt​=g(XT​)+∫tT​f(s,Θs​)ds−∫tT​Zs​dBs​,

for t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T], with Θ=(X,Y,Z)\Theta=(X,Y,Z)Θ=(X,Y,Z). The coefficients b,σ,fb,\sigma,fb,σ,f depend on (t,ω,x,y,z)(t,\omega,x,y,z)(t,ω,x,y,z) and ggg on (x,ω)(x,\omega)(x,ω). Assumption 2.1 asks that they be progressively measurable for fixed (x,y,z)(x,y,z)(x,y,z), that I02=E{(∫0T[∣b∣+∣f∣](t,0,0,0)dt)2+∫0T∣σ∣2(t,0,0,0)dt+∣g(0)∣2}I_0^2=\mathbb E\{(\int_0^T[|b|+|f|](t,0,0,0)dt)^2+\int_0^T|\sigma|^2(t,0,0,0)dt+|g(0)|^2\}I02​=E{(∫0T​[∣b∣+∣f∣](t,0,0,0)dt)2+∫0T​∣σ∣2(t,0,0,0)dt+∣g(0)∣2} be finite, and that they be Lipschitz in (x,y,z)(x,y,z)(x,y,z) with a common constant K0K_0K0​, uniformly in ω\omegaω. Solutions are sought in the space L2\mathbb L^2L2 of progressively measurable Θ\ThetaΘ with ∥Θ∥L22=E{sup⁡t(∣Xt∣2+∣Yt∣2)+∫0T∣Zt∣2dt}<∞\|\Theta\|^2_{\mathbb L^2}=\mathbb E\{\sup_t(|X_t|^2+|Y_t|^2)+\int_0^T|Z_t|^2dt\}<\infty∥Θ∥L22​=E{supt​(∣Xt​∣2+∣Yt​∣2)+∫0T​∣Zt​∣2dt}<∞.

A decoupling field (Definition 2.2) is a random field u(t,x)u(t,x)u(t,x) with u(T,⋅)=gu(T,\cdot)=gu(T,⋅)=g such that, on every short interval [t1,t2][t_1,t_2][t1​,t2​] and from every square-integrable initial state, the FBSDE with terminal map u(t2,⋅)u(t_2,\cdot)u(t2​,⋅) is uniquely solvable and its solution satisfies Yt=u(t,Xt)Y_t=u(t,X_t)Yt​=u(t,Xt​).

The difference quotients (3.1) of the coefficients — b~i,σ~i,f~i\tilde b_i,\tilde\sigma_i,\tilde f_ib~i​,σ~i​,f~​i​ in the variables x,y,zx,y,zx,y,z (i=1,2,3i=1,2,3i=1,2,3) and h~\tilde hh~ for ggg — enter the scalar function

F=f1+f2y+y(b1+b2y)+(f3+b3y) y (σ1+σ2y)1−σ3y,F=f_1+f_2y+y(b_1+b_2y)+\frac{(f_3+b_3y)\,y\,(\sigma_1+\sigma_2y)}{1-\sigma_3y},F=f1​+f2​y+y(b1​+b2​y)+1−σ3​y(f3​+b3​y)y(σ1​+σ2​y)​,

and its essential supremum F‾(t,y)\overline F(t,y)F(t,y) and infimum F‾(t,y)\underline F(t,y)F​(t,y) over all quotients give the dominating ODEs (3.13): y‾t=h‾+∫tTF‾(s,y‾s)ds\overline y_t=\overline h+\int_t^T\overline F(s,\overline y_s)dsy​t​=h+∫tT​F(s,y​s​)ds and y‾t=h‾+∫tTF‾(s,y‾s)ds\underline y_t=\underline h+\int_t^T\underline F(s,\underline y_s)dsy​t​=h​+∫tT​F​(s,y​s​)ds, with h‾,h‾\overline h,\underline hh,h​ the bounds of h~\tilde hh~.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.4

Fix c1,c2,c3c_1,c_2,c_3c1​,c2​,c3​ with c1>0c_1>0c1​>0, 0<c2<c30<c_2<c_30<c2​<c3​, c1c3<1c_1c_3<1c1​c3​<1 (5.13). There are ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 and C>0C>0C>0, depending only on TTT, K0K_0K0​ and c1,c2,c3c_1,c_2,c_3c1​,c2​,c3​, such that whenever Assumption 2.1 holds and the quotients satisfy one of the nine conditions of Cases I–III ((5.14); (5.15)–(5.18); (5.19)–(5.22)), uniformly in the quotient arguments, then (i) the FBSDE has a decoupling field uuu whose quotient (u(t,x1)−u(t,x2))/(x1−x2)(u(t,x_1)-u(t,x_2))/(x_1-x_2)(u(t,x1​)−u(t,x2​))/(x1​−x2​) obeys the bound assumed of h~\tilde hh~ with c2c_2c2​ replaced by c3c_3c3​, and (ii) for every xxx there is a unique solution in L2\mathbb L^2L2, with

∥Θ∥L22≤C [ ∣x∣2+I02 ].\|\Theta\|^2_{\mathbb L^2}\le C\,\big[\,|x|^2+I_0^2\,\big].∥Θ∥L22​≤C[∣x∣2+I02​].

Milestones

  • Lemma 5.1: comparison for scalar backward ODEs between a sub- and a super-solution.
  • Theorems 5.9, 5.10, 5.11: under each case, the dominating ODEs have bounded solutions with the bound of hhh transported to c3c_3c3​, and 1−σ3y1-\sigma_3y1−σ3​y stays away from 000.
  • Theorems 6.1, 6.2, 6.3: over a short horizon T≤δT\le\deltaT≤δ, unique solvability, solutions of (3.13) in a band, and a random field uuu whose quotients lie between y‾\underline yy​ and y‾\overline yy​.
  • Theorem 2.3: a decoupling field gives a unique global solution with Yt=u(t,Xt)Y_t=u(t,X_t)Yt​=u(t,Xt​).

A companion statement, Corollary 7.5, gives well-posedness over [0,T][0,T][0,T] under the sign conditions (7.5) or (7.6), with no smallness constant.

Significance

The theorem replaces structural assumptions (small horizon, monotonicity, deterministic coefficients, σ\sigmaσ independent of zzz) by conditions that can be read off the coefficients through a scalar ODE. It covers random coefficients and a forward diffusion that depends on zzz, the case in which the classical Riccati-type obstruction σ3h=1\sigma_3h=1σ3​h=1 appears, and it recovers the earlier sufficient conditions as special cases (§7.4 of the paper). The decoupling field produced in (i) is uniformly Lipschitz, which is the input to the comparison and stability results of §8 and to numerical schemes based on Yt=u(t,Xt)Y_t=u(t,X_t)Yt​=u(t,Xt​).

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open mathematically. None of it is formalized: there is no machine-checked existence theory for coupled FBSDEs in any proof assistant this mission is aware of. A complete development would be the first formal well-posedness theorem for a fully coupled FBSDE, and the milestones — the ODE comparison lemma, the small-time theory, and the patching argument of Theorem 2.3 — are each self-contained.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is a contraction argument on [0,T][0,T][0,T]. It works only when TTT is small, because the Lipschitz constant of the solution map grows with the coupling; iterating it over a partition requires a terminal condition u(ti,⋅)u(t_i,\cdot)u(ti​,⋅) whose Lipschitz constant does not deteriorate from one subinterval to the next. Controlling that constant is the whole problem. Its spatial derivative satisfies a backward stochastic Riccati equation with quadratic growth in both yyy and zzz and a singularity where 1−σ3y=01-\sigma_3y=01−σ3​y=0; such equations need not have bounded solutions, and the standard comparison theory for quadratic BSDEs does not apply off the region where the generator is Lipschitz. A second difficulty is the small-time theory itself: when σ\sigmaσ depends on zzz, even a linear FBSDE with constant coefficients is well posed on short intervals only if σ3h≠1\sigma_3h\ne1σ3​h=1 (Theorem 7.1 of the paper), so in Cases II and III, where σ3\sigma_3σ3​ and hhh are large, the contraction argument does not apply even for small TTT.

Formalization scope

The development reuses the platform's Peng1990.SMP.Stochastic (standard Brownian motion, LF2L^2_{\mathcal F}LF2​, the L2L^2L2 Itô integral IsItoIntegral) and the augmented Brownian filtration of ReflectedBSDE.Existence.Setting. Time is R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​, time integrals are over real intervals, and the stochastic integral ∫t1tσ dB\int_{t_1}^t\sigma\,dB∫t1​t​σdB is Jt−Jt1J_t-J_{t_1}Jt​−Jt1​​ for an Itô integral process JJJ of 1(t1,t2]σ(s,Θs)\mathbf 1_{(t_1,t_2]}\sigma(s,\Theta_s)1(t1​,t2​]​σ(s,Θs​).

Committed conventions:

  • Lipschitz bounds use the ℓ1\ell^1ℓ1 norm on R3\mathbb R^3R3 and hold for every ω\omegaω; I02I_0^2I02​ and ∥Θ∥L22\|\Theta\|^2_{\mathbb L^2}∥Θ∥L22​ are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].
  • Uniqueness is uniqueness in L2\mathbb L^2L2: X,YX,YX,Y agree a.s. at each time and ZZZ agrees dt⊗dPdt\otimes d\mathbb Pdt⊗dP-a.e.
  • Solutions are unique only up to modification, so (7.2) is asserted for one solution in L2\mathbb L^2L2.
  • Definition 2.2's "0=t1<t2≤T0=t_1<t_2\le T0=t1​<t2​≤T" is read as 0≤t10\le t_10≤t1​, as the proof of Theorem 2.3 uses it.
  • Every condition on the quotients holds for every t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T], almost surely, for all arguments with distinct coordinates. F‾(t,c)≤ε\overline F(t,c)\le\varepsilonF(t,c)≤ε is stated in exactly that form. F‾,F‾,h‾,h‾\overline F,\underline F,\overline h,\underline hF,F​,h,h​ as functions are EReal\mathrm{EReal}EReal-valued, and solutions of (3.13) keep them finite.
  • "(1−σ3y)−1(1-\sigma_3y)^{-1}(1−σ3​y)−1 is bounded" is ∣1−σ~3yt∣≥κ>0|1-\tilde\sigma_3y_t|\ge\kappa>0∣1−σ~3​yt​∣≥κ>0. Every use of α3=b2−b3σ2/σ3\alpha_3=b_2-b_3\sigma_2/\sigma_3α3​=b2​−b3​σ2​/σ3​ carries σ~3≠0\tilde\sigma_3\ne0σ~3​=0, and (5.19), (5.21) carry the heading σ3≠0\sigma_3\ne0σ3​=0 of Table 3 in the goal.
  • The quotient bounds on uuu hold for each ttt and each pair x1≠x2x_1\ne x_2x1​=x2​ almost surely.
  • Lemma 5.1 additionally assumes y1≤y2y^1\le y^2y1≤y2 and L≥0L\ge0L≥0, both implicit on the page.

The constants ε\varepsilonε, δ\deltaδ and CCC are chosen before the probability space and the coefficients. A formalization that places them after the coefficients, integrates without integrability, divides at the pole 1−σ3y=01-\sigma_3y=01−σ3​y=0, uses a real-valued essential supremum of an unbounded family, or states uniqueness without a solution class would make the statements vacuous or false; none of these is used.

Contributions are welcome on every milestone. The ODE layer (Lemma 5.1 and the a priori bounds of Theorems 5.9–5.11) needs only real analysis and is a natural first target. The stochastic layer needs Itô-integral facts (linearity, restriction to subintervals, the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy and Doob inequalities in L2L^2L2) and the Lipschitz BSDE theory; these are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • J. Ma, Z. Wu, D. Zhang, J. Zhang, On well-posedness of forward–backward SDEs—a unified approach, Ann. Appl. Probab. 25(4):2168–2214, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1110.4658
  • F. Antonelli, Backward–forward stochastic differential equations, Ann. Appl. Probab. 3(3):777–793, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005363
  • J. Ma, P. Protter, J. Yong, Solving forward–backward stochastic differential equations explicitly — a four step scheme, Probab. Theory Related Fields 98:339–359, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01192258
  • Y. Hu, S. Peng, Solution of forward–backward stochastic differential equations, Probab. Theory Related Fields 103:273–283, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01204218
  • S. Peng, Z. Wu, Fully coupled forward–backward stochastic differential equations and applications to optimal control, SIAM J. Control Optim. 37(3):825–843, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012996313549
  • F. Delarue, On the existence and uniqueness of solutions to FBSDEs in a non-degenerate case, Stochastic Process. Appl. 99:209–286, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0304-4149(02)00085-6
  • J. Ma, J. Yong, Forward–Backward Stochastic Differential Equations and their Applications, Lecture Notes in Math. 1702, Springer, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-48831-6
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Algebraic GeometryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Exploiting Symmetries in SDP-Relaxations for Polynomial Optimization 1: A G-Linear Functional Is Integration Against a G-Invariant Measure on K iff Its Symmetrized Localizing Forms Are PSDResearch Paper

Motivation

Polynomial optimization asks for the minimum f∗f^*f∗ of a polynomial fff over a set K⊆RnK\subseteq\mathbb R^nK⊆Rn cut out by polynomial inequalities. Lasserre's moment relaxation (Lasserre 2001) replaces the minimization over points by a minimization over probability measures on KKK, and then over linear functionals on polynomials that satisfy semidefinite constraints. The bridge between measures and semidefinite constraints is Putinar's theorem (Putinar 1993): on a compact basic semialgebraic set with an Archimedean description, a linear functional comes from a measure exactly when it is nonnegative on the quadratic module of the constraints.

Many problems of practical size are invariant under a group of linear transformations: permutations of variables, sign changes, rotations of a polygon. Gatermann and Parrilo (2004) showed how such symmetry block-diagonalizes sums-of-squares programs. Riener, Theobald, Jansson Andrén and Lasserre (arXiv:1103.0486, Math. Oper. Res. 2013) carry the reduction to the moment side. Their first step, Theorem 3.2, is a symmetric version of Putinar's theorem: for invariant data it suffices to consider functionals that are themselves invariant, and these are characterized by positivity of symmetrized localizing forms. This mission formalizes that theorem.

Setting

Write R[X]=R[X1,…,Xn]\mathbb R[X]=\mathbb R[X_1,\dots,X_n]R[X]=R[X1​,…,Xn​]. Let GGG be a finite subgroup of GLn(R)\mathrm{GL}_n(\mathbb R)GLn​(R). A matrix σ∈G\sigma\in Gσ∈G acts on points by x↦σxx\mapsto\sigma xx↦σx and on polynomials by

pσ(x):=p(σ−1x),p^\sigma(x):=p(\sigma^{-1}x),pσ(x):=p(σ−1x),

the linear substitution Xi↦∑j(σ−1)ijXjX_i\mapsto\sum_j(\sigma^{-1})_{ij}X_jXi​↦∑j​(σ−1)ij​Xj​. A polynomial is GGG-invariant if pσ=pp^\sigma=ppσ=p for every σ∈G\sigma\in Gσ∈G.

Fix g1,…,gm∈R[X]g_1,\dots,g_m\in\mathbb R[X]g1​,…,gm​∈R[X] and the feasible set

K={x∈Rn: gj(x)≥0, j=1,…,m}.K=\{x\in\mathbb R^n:\ g_j(x)\ge0,\ j=1,\dots,m\}.K={x∈Rn: gj​(x)≥0, j=1,…,m}.

Assumption 2.1 requires KKK to be compact and some polynomial u=u0+∑jujgju=u_0+\sum_j u_jg_ju=u0​+∑j​uj​gj​, with sums of squares u0,…,umu_0,\dots,u_mu0​,…,um​, to have a compact superlevel set {u≥0}\{u\ge0\}{u≥0}. Put g0:=1g_0:=1g0​:=1.

A linear map LG:R[X]→RL^G:\mathbb R[X]\to\mathbb RLG:R[X]→R is GGG-linear if LG(f)=LG(fσ)L^G(f)=L^G(f^\sigma)LG(f)=LG(fσ) for all fff and all σ∈G\sigma\in Gσ∈G. Its symmetrized localizing forms are

LgjG(p,q)=LG(1∣G∣∑σ∈G(p⋅q)σ⋅gj),0≤j≤m.\mathcal L^G_{g_j}(p,q)=L^G\Big(\frac1{|G|}\sum_{\sigma\in G}(p\cdot q)^\sigma\cdot g_j\Big),\qquad 0\le j\le m.Lgj​G​(p,q)=LG(∣G∣1​σ∈G∑​(p⋅q)σ⋅gj​),0≤j≤m.

For a Borel measure μ\muμ on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, μσ(B)=μ(σ−1(B))\mu^\sigma(B)=\mu(\sigma^{-1}(B))μσ(B)=μ(σ−1(B)) is its image under x↦σxx\mapsto\sigma xx↦σx, and μ\muμ is GGG-invariant if μσ=μ\mu^\sigma=\muμσ=μ for all σ∈G\sigma\in Gσ∈G. A measure on KKK is one with μ(Rn∖K)=0\mu(\mathbb R^n\setminus K)=0μ(Rn∖K)=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2

If the gjg_jgj​ are GGG-invariant and Assumption 2.1 holds, then for a GGG-linear LGL^GLG: ∃ μ finite, G-invariant, on K:  LG(p)=∫p dμ  ∀p⟺LgjG(p,p)≥0  ∀p∈R[X], ∀ 0≤j≤m.\exists\,\mu\ \text{finite, $G$-invariant, on }K:\ \ L^G(p)=\int p\,d\mu\ \ \forall p \quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad \mathcal L^G_{g_j}(p,p)\ge0\ \ \forall p\in\mathbb R[X],\ \forall\, 0\le j\le m.∃μ finite, G-invariant, on K:  LG(p)=∫pdμ  ∀p⟺Lgj​G​(p,p)≥0  ∀p∈R[X], ∀0≤j≤m.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.2 (Putinar). Under Assumption 2.1, a linear LLL is integration against a probability measure on KKK iff L(1)=1L(1)=1L(1)=1 and L(s0+∑jsjgj)≥0L(s_0+\sum_js_jg_j)\ge0L(s0​+∑j​sj​gj​)≥0 for all sums of squares s0,…,sms_0,\dots,s_ms0​,…,sm​.
  2. Averaging identity (p. 10). For GGG-linear LGL^GLG: LG(p)=1∣G∣∑σLG(pσ)=LG(1∣G∣∑σpσ)L^G(p)=\frac1{|G|}\sum_\sigma L^G(p^\sigma)=L^G\big(\frac1{|G|}\sum_\sigma p^\sigma\big)LG(p)=∣G∣1​∑σ​LG(pσ)=LG(∣G∣1​∑σ​pσ).
  3. Only-if computation (p. 11). For a finite GGG-invariant μ\muμ on compact KKK and invariant gjg_jgj​: ∫1∣G∣∑σ(f2)σgj dμ=∫f2gj dμ≥0\int\frac1{|G|}\sum_\sigma(f^2)^\sigma g_j\,d\mu=\int f^2g_j\,d\mu\ge0∫∣G∣1​∑σ​(f2)σgj​dμ=∫f2gj​dμ≥0.
  4. If computation (p. 11). For GGG-linear LGL^GLG and invariant ggg: LgG(h,h)=LG(h2g)\mathcal L^G_g(h,h)=L^G(h^2g)LgG​(h,h)=LG(h2g).
  5. Invariance from moments (p. 11). A finite measure on compact KKK with ∫h dμ=∫hσdμ\int h\,d\mu=\int h^\sigma d\mu∫hdμ=∫hσdμ for every polynomial hhh and every σ∈G\sigma\in Gσ∈G is GGG-invariant.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 turns the moment relaxation of a GGG-invariant problem into one over GGG-linear functionals. Such a functional is determined by its values on the invariant ring R[X]G\mathbb R[X]^GR[X]G, so its moment variables are indexed by a basis of invariants instead of all monomials (Example 3.3 of the paper: five variables instead of fifteen for C4C_4C4​ on R4\mathbb R^4R4 in degree 2). The block-diagonalized relaxations and the convergence result of §3 (Theorems 3.4–3.7) rest on it.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper, modulo Putinar's theorem, which is cited. Neither Putinar's theorem nor any Archimedean Positivstellensatz is in Mathlib or on the platform. A complete formalization therefore needs (i) Putinar's theorem itself, in its dual moment form, and (ii) the determinacy of compactly supported finite measures by polynomial moments in several variables. Both are reusable well beyond this paper: every moment-SOS hierarchy result in the literature cites them.

Difficulty

The group-theoretic steps (milestones 2–4) are finite averaging and change of variables. The weight of the theorem sits in two analytic facts. The first is Putinar's theorem: nonnegativity on the quadratic module is an algebraic condition, and producing a measure from it requires the Archimedean hypothesis of Assumption 2.1 in an essential way; without that hypothesis the statement is false in general. The second is that the measure Putinar's theorem returns has to be shown GGG-invariant. Equality of the polynomial moments of μ\muμ and μσ\mu^\sigmaμσ does not by itself identify two measures; it does so here because both are finite and carried by a compact set, where polynomials are dense in the continuous functions. A further detail: Putinar's theorem is stated for normalized functionals, and Theorem 3.2 is not normalized, so the degenerate case LG(1)=0L^G(1)=0LG(1)=0 must be shown to force LG=0L^G=0LG=0.

Formalization scope

Polynomials are MvPolynomial (Fin n) ℝ, points Fin n → ℝ, and GGG a Subgroup (GL (Fin n) ℝ) with a Fintype instance. The action on polynomials is the linear substitution aeval, so GGG is an arbitrary finite matrix group, not only a permutation group. Sums of squares are Mathlib's IsSumSq. "psd" for the symmetric form LgjG\mathcal L^G_{g_j}Lgj​G​ means LgjG(p,p)≥0\mathcal L^G_{g_j}(p,p)\ge0Lgj​G​(p,p)≥0 for every polynomial ppp, with no degree truncation; j=0j=0j=0 (g0=1g_0=1g0​=1) is included. Measures live on the Borel σ-algebra of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, μσ\mu^\sigmaμσ is Measure.map along the continuous (hence measurable) map x↦σxx\mapsto\sigma xx↦σx, and "measure on KKK" is μ(Rn∖K)=0\mu(\mathbb R^n\setminus K)=0μ(Rn∖K)=0.

Committed conventions and disclosed readings:

  • Finite measure. The paper writes "a GGG-invariant measure on KKK". It is formalized as a finite Borel measure; this is the reading that makes ∫p dμ\int p\,d\mu∫pdμ meaningful for every polynomial, and finite measures on a compact set make every polynomial integrable.
  • No normalization. As on the page, Theorem 3.2 has neither LG(1)=1L^G(1)=1LG(1)=1 nor a probability measure; Theorem 2.2 has both.
  • Direction of μσ\mu^\sigmaμσ. With μσ\mu^\sigmaμσ the image of μ\muμ under σ\sigmaσ, one has ∫hσdμ=∫h dμσ−1\int h^\sigma d\mu=\int h\,d\mu^{\sigma^{-1}}∫hσdμ=∫hdμσ−1, where the paper writes ∫h dμσ\int h\,d\mu^\sigma∫hdμσ. Statements quantify over all σ∈G\sigma\in Gσ∈G, so the difference does not change their content.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: integrals are taken only against finite measures carried by a compact set, so no statement holds because a Bochner integral of a non-integrable function is 000; positivity is through the forms on all of R[X]\mathbb R[X]R[X], not replaced by pointwise nonnegativity; and the invariance of μ\muμ is a conclusion of milestone 5, never a hypothesis.

Contributions welcome: Putinar's theorem (milestone 1) and multivariate moment determinacy on compact sets are the reusable infrastructure; the averaging milestones are a natural first entry point.

Selected references

  • C. Riener, T. Theobald, L. Jansson Andrén, J. B. Lasserre, Exploiting symmetries in SDP-relaxations for polynomial optimization, Math. Oper. Res. 38(1):122–141, 2013. arXiv:1103.0486v3, doi:10.1287/moor.1120.0558
  • M. Putinar, Positive polynomials on compact semi-algebraic sets, Indiana Univ. Math. J. 42(3):969–984, 1993. doi:10.1512/iumj.1993.42.42045
  • J. B. Lasserre, Global optimization with polynomials and the problem of moments, SIAM J. Optim. 11(3):796–817, 2001. doi:10.1137/S1052623400366802
  • K. Gatermann, P. A. Parrilo, Symmetry groups, semidefinite programs, and sums of squares, J. Pure Appl. Algebra 192:95–128, 2004. doi:10.1016/j.jpaa.2003.12.011
7 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Affine Volterra Processes 3: Global Solutions with Nonpositive Real Part of the Square-Root Riccati–Volterra EquationResearch Paper

Motivation

The Volterra square-root model describes a nonnegative, time-dependent state whose present value depends on a weighted history. Ordinary square-root diffusions use a constant kernel and have a Markov state; replacing that kernel by a function of elapsed time allows persistent or singular memory. This matters for the transform formulas used to characterize distributions of such processes. Those formulas depend on a deterministic nonlinear integral equation, and require a solution that exists at every finite time. Abi Jaber, Larsson and Pulido isolate that requirement in Lemma 6.3 of Affine Volterra processes, arXiv:1708.08796v3 (2019).

The paper's Section 6 treats processes in the nonnegative orthant and its Section 7 specializes the framework to a Volterra Heston model. The present mission concerns the deterministic equation behind the Section 6 transform. The stochastic existence theorem and the transform identity are separate results in the same paper. Keeping this mission on the integral equation makes its analytic content usable independently of a chosen probability space.

Setting

Fix a finite coordinate set of size ddd. A diagonal kernel consists of real functions Ki(t)K_i(t)Ki​(t) for t≥0t\ge0t≥0, with the iii-th entry of the matrix kernel equal to KiK_iKi​ and all off-diagonal entries zero. A resolvent of the first kind for KiK_iKi​ is a nonnegative measure LiL_iLi​ for which the convolution Ki∗LiK_i*L_iKi​∗Li​ equals one at positive times. The relevant regularity condition, labeled (2.5), requires local square integrability and positive-time translation bounds of order hγih^{\gamma_i}hγi​ for some γi∈(0,2]\gamma_i\in(0,2]γi​∈(0,2]. Condition (3.4) requires a kernel to be nonnegative, nonzero, nonincreasing and continuous at positive times. It also requires its resolvent measure to have decreasing interval masses Li([s,s+t])L_i([s,s+t])Li​([s,s+t]) as sss increases. Each shifted function ΔhKi(t)=Ki(t+h)\Delta_hK_i(t)=K_i(t+h)Δh​Ki​(t)=Ki​(t+h) must satisfy (3.4) for 0≤h≤10\le h\le10≤h≤1, with its own resolvent. These are the assumptions of Theorem 6.1 and hence of its Lemma 6.3 (pp. 6, 14, 28–29).

Let u=(ui)u=(u_i)u=(ui​) be a complex row vector and let f(t)=(fi(t))f(t)=(f_i(t))f(t)=(fi​(t)) be a locally integrable complex row function. Let BBB be a real matrix whose off-diagonal entries are nonnegative, and let σi>0\sigma_i>0σi​>0. The iii-th square-root Riccati–Volterra equation is

ψi(t)=uiKi(t)+∫0tKi(t−s)(fi(s)+∑jψj(s)Bji+σi22ψi(s)2) ds.\psi_i(t)=u_iK_i(t)+\int_0^t K_i(t-s)\left(f_i(s)+\sum_j\psi_j(s)B_{ji}+\frac{\sigma_i^2}{2}\psi_i(s)^2\right)\,ds.ψi​(t)=ui​Ki​(t)+∫0t​Ki​(t−s)(fi​(s)+j∑​ψj​(s)Bji​+2σi2​​ψi​(s)2)ds.

The index BjiB_{ji}Bji​ selects column iii: in the paper's notation B=(b1  ⋯  bd)B=(b^1\;\cdots\;b^d)B=(b1⋯bd) and the coupling is ψ(s)bi\psi(s)b^iψ(s)bi. The kernel acts only on the iii-th equation, while BBB couples the coordinates. The coefficient b0b^0b0 from the stochastic process does not enter this equation (equation (6.3), p. 27).

Formalization targets

The goal is the global existence, uniqueness and sign statement of Lemma 6.3. If Re⁡ui≤0\operatorname{Re}u_i\le0Reui​≤0 and Re⁡fi≤0\operatorname{Re}f_i\le0Refi​≤0, then

∃! ψ∈Lloc2(R+,Cd)solving (6.3) globally, withRe⁡ψi≤0for every i.\exists!\,\psi\in L^2_{\mathrm{loc}}(\mathbb R_+,\mathbb C^d) \quad\text{solving (6.3) globally, with}\quad \operatorname{Re}\psi_i\le0\quad\text{for every }i.∃!ψ∈Lloc2​(R+​,Cd)solving (6.3) globally, withReψi​≤0for every i.

For functions defined only up to null sets, the equation, uniqueness and sign conclusion are understood almost everywhere. The goal has no fixed time horizon and no hard-coded kernel: it covers every diagonal kernel satisfying the paper's conditions. The five milestones record the source's analytic support: the shifted resolvent bounds (3.9)–(3.10), the L2L^2L2 stability lemma C.1, maximal-solution Theorem B.1, global-solution Corollary B.3 and nonnegative-orthant invariance Theorem C.2. Their statements and locations are recorded in the milestone list.

Significance

Global solvability makes the square-root transform equation meaningful at any finite horizon. Uniqueness fixes the transform parameter determined by a kernel and forcing function. The nonpositive real part is the sign property needed in the paper's subsequent exponential-affine transform argument for nonnegative states (Theorem 6.1(ii), pp. 28–29). Without a global solution, that argument would only address a time interval before a possible blow-up.

The result is proved in the cited paper; this mission asks for a machine-checked development of that known theorem and its supporting integral-equation results. Its reusable output includes an L2L^2L2 notion of Volterra solution, the first-kind resolvent hypotheses, maximal lifetime, stability under changes of forcing and kernel, and a comparison statement for diagonal systems. The goal and milestones are presently proof obligations, not claims of existing machine-checked proofs.

Difficulty

Local solvability alone does not control the quadratic term ψi2\psi_i^2ψi2​ for arbitrarily large time. In particular, a generic local fixed-point theorem can yield a maximal solution whose L2L^2L2 norm diverges at a finite horizon. Sign information for the real part is also coupled to the imaginary part through that quadratic term; checking each coordinate independently does not establish invariance of the nonpositive half-plane. The analysis has to preserve the kernel's first-kind resolvent conditions and the off-diagonal sign pattern of BBB across the coupled system. Singular kernels allowed by (2.5) prevent replacing the problem with a standard ordinary differential equation.

Formalization scope

Time is represented by real numbers and every local LpL^pLp condition is restricted to positive bounded intervals. Vectors are functions on Fin d; matrix LpL^pLp membership is componentwise. These finite-dimensional norms are equivalent to the Euclidean and operator norms used in the paper. The kernel regularity estimates are Big-O statements as hhh tends to zero through positive values. A first-kind resolvent is a nonnegative measure supported on nonnegative times, with the convolution identity and interval-mass monotonicity stated directly. The convolution at positive time is an interval integral; the bound at zero in (3.10) uses the integral on [0,0][0,0][0,0], while the source describes a right-continuous extension when available.

Solutions are locally square integrable and satisfy their equations almost everywhere. The integrability of each asserted convolution is part of the solution predicate, so the default zero value of a nonintegrable Lean integral cannot create a spurious solution. A maximal lifetime is extended-nonnegative-real valued, allowing infinity, and a finite lifetime requires an infinite extended L2L^2L2 norm. Sign conditions on locally integrable forcing and on the solution are almost everywhere. Measurable time dependence of the nonlinear drift is made explicit for Theorem B.1 and Corollary B.3, where it is necessary to interpret their integrals. The condition b0≥0b^0\ge0b0≥0 of the square-root process is omitted from the goal because b0b^0b0 is absent from (6.3).

The development needs Mathlib's Bochner integrals, local LpL^pLp predicates, measures, complex arithmetic and asymptotic filters. Proof contributions to the five source milestones and the goal are welcome, including infrastructure for nonconvolution Volterra resolvents where the paper cites earlier literature. The formalization must keep the coefficient σi2/2\sigma_i^2/2σi2​/2, the column index BjiB_{ji}Bji​, and every shift h∈[0,1]h\in[0,1]h∈[0,1].

Selected references

  • E. Abi Jaber, M. Larsson and S. Pulido, Affine Volterra processes, arXiv:1708.08796v3, 2019. Preprint.
  • G. Gripenberg, S.-O. Londen and O. Staffans, Volterra Integral and Functional Equations, Cambridge University Press, 1990. DOI.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Affine Volterra Processes 2: The Exponential-Affine Transform Formula via the Riccati–Volterra EquationResearch Paper

Motivation

Many stochastic models have a present state that depends on a weighted history of past drift and noise. A stochastic Volterra equation captures this dependence through a kernel KKK: a recent increment and an older increment can enter the current state with different weights. Classical affine diffusions arise from the special constant kernel K=IK=IK=I. For those diffusions, conditional Fourier–Laplace transforms can often be found from finite-dimensional Riccati ordinary differential equations. The paper by Abi Jaber, Larsson and Pulido asks for an analogous transform when the kernel retains memory. Its Theorem 4.3 gives a formula for a continuous affine Volterra process under a stated Riccati–Volterra solution assumption.

The result matters for models in which the history cannot be replaced by the current state alone. The transform characterizes conditional distributions and integrated path functionals in the form used by the paper's later results. The present mission isolates Theorem 4.3 and four of its stated supporting claims. The paper proves these results; the mission seeks machine-checked proofs of their Lean statements.

Setting

Fix a positive integer ddd and a deterministic, matrix-valued kernel K:[0,∞)→Rd×dK:[0,\infty)\to\mathbb R^{d\times d}K:[0,∞)→Rd×d whose entries are locally square integrable. The Volterra convolution of KKK with a vector function vvv is (K∗v)(t)=∫0tK(t−s)v(s) ds(K*v)(t)=\int_0^t K(t-s)v(s)\,ds(K∗v)(t)=∫0t​K(t−s)v(s)ds. Matrix convolutions retain the order of multiplication: (K∗R)(t)=∫0tK(t−s)R(s) ds(K*R)(t)=\int_0^t K(t-s)R(s)\,ds(K∗R)(t)=∫0t​K(t−s)R(s)ds.

Let A0,…,AdA^0,\ldots,A^dA0,…,Ad be real symmetric matrices and b0,…,bdb^0,\ldots,b^db0,…,bd real column vectors. Their affine covariance and drift are a(x)=A0+∑ixiAia(x)=A^0+\sum_i x_iA^ia(x)=A0+∑i​xi​Ai and b(x)=b0+∑ixibib(x)=b^0+\sum_i x_i b^ib(x)=b0+∑i​xi​bi. The matrix B=(b1 ⋯ bd)B=(b^1\ \cdots\ b^d)B=(b1 ⋯ bd) has the bib^ibi as columns. For a complex row uuu, write A(u)=(uA1u⊤,…,uAdu⊤)A(u)=(uA^1u^\top,\ldots,uA^du^\top)A(u)=(uA1u⊤,…,uAdu⊤); the transpose is ordinary, with no complex conjugation.

An affine Volterra process XXX is a continuous solution of

Xt=x0+∫0tK(t−s)b(Xs) ds+∫0tK(t−s)σ(Xs) dWs.X_t=x_0+\int_0^t K(t-s)b(X_s)\,ds+\int_0^t K(t-s)\sigma(X_s)\,dW_s.Xt​=x0​+∫0t​K(t−s)b(Xs​)ds+∫0t​K(t−s)σ(Xs​)dWs​.

Here WWW is a ddd-dimensional Brownian motion on a usual stochastic basis, x0x_0x0​ is deterministic, and XXX stays in a state space EEE. The continuous coefficient σ\sigmaσ obeys σ(x)σ(x)⊤=a(x)\sigma(x)\sigma(x)^\top=a(x)σ(x)σ(x)⊤=a(x) on EEE, where a(x)a(x)a(x) is positive semidefinite. This is Definition 4.1 and the standing setting of Section 4 of the paper.

Formalization targets

The main target is Theorem 4.3. Fix a finite horizon TTT, a complex row uuu, and an integrable complex-row function fff. Suppose a square-integrable function ψ\psiψ solves the Riccati–Volterra equation

ψ=uK+(f+ψB+12A(ψ))∗K.\psi=uK+\bigl(f+\psi B+\tfrac12A(\psi)\bigr)*K.ψ=uK+(f+ψB+21​A(ψ))∗K.

Define YYY by the stochastic integral and drift in equations (4.4)–(4.5). The theorem identifies YtY_tYt​ with a conditional mean plus a quadratic correction:

Yt=E[uXT+(f∗X)T∣Ft]+12∫tTψ(T−s)a(E[Xs∣Ft])ψ(T−s)⊤ ds,0≤t≤T.Y_t=\mathbb E[uX_T+(f*X)_T\mid\mathcal F_t] +\tfrac12\int_t^T\psi(T-s)a(\mathbb E[X_s\mid\mathcal F_t])\psi(T-s)^\top\,ds, \qquad 0\le t\le T.Yt​=E[uXT​+(f∗X)T​∣Ft​]+21​∫tT​ψ(T−s)a(E[Xs​∣Ft​])ψ(T−s)⊤ds,0≤t≤T.

It also states that eYe^{Y}eY is a local martingale on [0,T][0,T][0,T]. If it is a true martingale, then the exponential-affine transform formula is

E ⁣[euXT+(f∗X)T∣Ft]=eYt,t≤T.\mathbb E\!\left[e^{uX_T+(f*X)_T}\mid\mathcal F_t\right]=e^{Y_t},\qquad t\le T.E[euXT​+(f∗X)T​∣Ft​]=eYt​,t≤T.

The milestone list records Lemma 4.2's conditional and unconditional means, the mean Volterra equation stated in the proof of Theorem 4.3, the resolvent commutation claim in the proof of Lemma 4.4, and Lemma 4.4's equivalent Riccati equation. A second-kind resolvent RBR_BRB​ of −KB-KB−KB uses the paper's sign convention H∗RB=RB∗H=H−RBH*R_B=R_B*H=H-R_BH∗RB​=RB​∗H=H−RB​ for H=−KBH=-KBH=−KB; the equivalent equation uses EB=K−RB∗KE_B=K-R_B*KEB​=K−RB​∗K.

Significance

The conditional transform links a path-dependent stochastic equation to a deterministic nonlinear Volterra equation. It supplies a way to describe the law of a future state together with a linear functional of its past. The conditional-mean milestone separately gives a usable formula for E[XT∣Ft]\mathbb E[X_T\mid\mathcal F_t]E[XT​∣Ft​], while the resolvent milestones identify the deterministic kernel relations needed by the transform.

The source provides proofs of these claims. The formalization task is to check their assumptions and equalities against a precise model of Brownian Itô integration, conditional expectation, and matrix convolution. Published Lean definitions for Brownian motion and an Itô integral relation are reused. The affine Volterra process, its Riccati equation, and these theorem statements are drafted here; their proofs remain open.

Difficulty

The conditional payoff involves the entire path before TTT, while XXX generally has no finite-dimensional Markov state. Consequently, the familiar affine-diffusion formula in terms of XtX_tXt​ alone is not the target of Theorem 4.3. Deterministic matrix convolutions are order-sensitive, and the two resolvents of −KB-KB−KB and −BK-BK−BK have different kernels. Stochastic convolutions also have integrands that depend on the terminal time. The passage from fixed-time integral equalities to a continuous local-martingale process requires care about versions and filtration adaptation.

Formalization scope

Processes use nonnegative real time, while deterministic kernels and interval integrals use real time. Finite-dimensional LpL^pLp conditions are checked componentwise. Kernel and resolvent identities between locally integrable functions hold almost everywhere on positive time. Riccati equations hold almost everywhere on [0,T][0,T][0,T]; stochastic and conditional identities hold almost surely at each fixed time. The local-martingale claim uses the real and imaginary parts of the complex exponential, stopped at TTT.

The process definition includes the Section 4 assumptions on symmetry, covariance positivity, continuity of σ\sigmaσ, deterministic x0x_0x0​, and the usual stochastic basis. Brownian Itô terms are constrained by the published integral relation. Deterministic drift convolutions require integrable integrands. The theorem asserts integrability of the payoff and of XsX_sXs​ as conclusions, preventing conditional expectation from defaulting to zero. In (4.6) the conditional means E[Xs∣Ft]\mathbb E[X_s\mid\mathcal F_t]E[Xs​∣Ft​] enter the dsdsds-integral through a jointly measurable version in (s,ω)(s,\omega)(s,ω), so that integral cannot default to zero. The dimension is positive, and the theorem does not specialize the kernel to III or insert a resolvent assumption into its goal.

A complete development will need reusable results on locally integrable matrix kernels and their resolvents, stochastic Fubini interchange, moment bounds for Volterra solutions, and conditional expectation of the resulting integrals. The moment bound is posed as Lemma 3.1 in the companion existence mission. This draft includes the four listed milestones; Lemmas 2.1 and 2.5 from the source are left for a fuller stochastic Fubini and semimartingale encoding. Contributions that preserve their general hypotheses and conclusions are welcome.

Selected references

  • E. Abi Jaber, M. Larsson, and S. Pulido, Affine Volterra processes, arXiv:1708.08796v3, 2019. Preprint
14 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Affine Volterra Processes 1: Nonnegative Weak Solutions of Stochastic Volterra Equations with Resolvent-Monotone KernelsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many stochastic models use a process whose response to a disturbance depends on the time elapsed since that disturbance. An ordinary stochastic differential equation uses only the current state and instantaneous coefficients. A stochastic Volterra equation instead weights its past drift and noise through a convolution kernel. Such equations include the constant kernel as a familiar limiting case, while singular or decaying kernels allow different memory patterns. The paper Affine Volterra processes studies this class to obtain non-Markovian models that retain tractable affine transform formulas. Before any transform can be used for a nonnegative state variable, the underlying equation must actually admit a solution that stays nonnegative. Abi Jaber, Larsson and Pulido, §§1–3.

The mission focuses on the paper's existence and invariance theorem, Theorem 3.6 of the pinned preprint. It is a separate question from uniqueness or explicit transforms: the coefficients are only continuous with linear growth, so classical contraction arguments for Lipschitz coefficients do not directly settle it. The proof also has to preserve the boundary of the nonnegative orthant despite a drift and noise term that depend on the entire past. Abi Jaber, Larsson and Pulido, Theorems 3.3–3.6.

Setting

Fix dimensions d,m≥0d,m\ge0d,m≥0. The kernel KKK is a deterministic function from nonnegative time to real d×dd\times dd×d matrices. The drift bbb maps Rd\mathbb R^dRd to Rd\mathbb R^dRd, and the diffusion coefficient σ\sigmaσ maps Rd\mathbb R^dRd to real d×md\times md×m matrices. Given a deterministic initial state x0x_0x0​ and an mmm-dimensional Brownian motion WWW, a continuous adapted process XXX solves

Xt=x0+∫0tK(t−s)b(Xs) ds+∫0tK(t−s)σ(Xs) dWs,t≥0.X_t=x_0+\int_0^t K(t-s)b(X_s)\,ds+ \int_0^t K(t-s)\sigma(X_s)\,dW_s,\qquad t\ge0.Xt​=x0​+∫0t​K(t−s)b(Xs​)ds+∫0t​K(t−s)σ(Xs​)dWs​,t≥0.

The deterministic and stochastic terms are matrix-vector convolutions: an event at time sss has an effect at time ttt weighted by K(t−s)K(t-s)K(t−s). A weak solution is allowed to choose its stochastic basis and Brownian motion. A strong solution is adapted to the completed filtration generated by its prescribed Brownian motion. All bases satisfy the usual completeness and right-continuity conditions. The equation is read at each fixed time almost surely, with XXX having continuous sample paths. Abi Jaber, Larsson and Pulido, (1.1), §3.

The paper's condition (2.5) asks each scalar kernel entry to be locally square-integrable and to satisfy two estimates of order hγh^\gammahγ as h↓0h\downarrow0h↓0: the integral of its square over [0,h][0,h][0,h], and the squared L2L^2L2 difference between its time shift by hhh and itself over each finite interval. The exponent satisfies 0<γ≤20<\gamma\le20<γ≤2 and may differ by entry. For the goal, KKK is diagonal. Each diagonal entry KiK_iKi​ is nonnegative, nonzero, nonincreasing and continuous on positive time. Its resolvent of the first kind LiL_iLi​ is a nonnegative measure whose convolution with KiK_iKi​ is the constant one; condition (3.4) also requires the interval mass Li([s,s+t])L_i([s,s+t])Li​([s,s+t]) to be nonincreasing in sss for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0. Abi Jaber, Larsson and Pulido, (2.5), (2.13), (3.4).

Formalization targets

Nonnegative weak existence

The goal is Theorem 3.6. Write R+d={x∈Rd:xi≥0 for all i}\mathbb R^d_+=\{x\in\mathbb R^d:x_i\ge0\text{ for all }i\}R+d​={x∈Rd:xi​≥0 for all i}. Suppose KKK is diagonal and satisfies (2.5) and (3.4) componentwise. Suppose bbb and σ\sigmaσ are continuous, satisfy max⁡{∣b(x)∣,∥σ(x)∥}≤cLG(1+∣x∣)\max\{|b(x)|,\|\sigma(x)\|\}\le c_{\mathrm{LG}}(1+|x|)max{∣b(x)∣,∥σ(x)∥}≤cLG​(1+∣x∣), and obey the boundary condition for every x∈Rdx\in\mathbb R^dx∈Rd:

xi=0⟹bi(x)≥0 and σik(x)=0for every k.x_i=0\quad\Longrightarrow\quad b_i(x)\ge0\ \text{and}\ \sigma_{ik}(x)=0\quad\text{for every }k.xi​=0⟹bi​(x)≥0 and σik​(x)=0for every k.

Then the target is

∀x0∈R+d,∃ a continuous weak solution X of (1.1) with Xt∈R+d.\forall x_0\in\mathbb R^d_+,\quad \exists\text{ a continuous weak solution }X\text{ of (1.1) with }X_t\in\mathbb R^d_+.∀x0​∈R+d​,∃ a continuous weak solution X of (1.1) with Xt​∈R+d​.

The milestone list records the paper's moment bound, strong existence for Lipschitz coefficients, and general weak existence with a first-kind resolvent. They are numbered results from the same preprint and establish distinct parts of the existence framework. Abi Jaber, Larsson and Pulido, Lemma 3.1 and Theorems 3.3, 3.4, 3.6.

Significance

The conclusion says more than finite-time nonnegativity of a proposed process: it asserts that a stochastic basis, Brownian motion and continuous solution actually exist for every nonnegative initial condition under the stated kernel and boundary assumptions. This supports later use of the affine transform results on state spaces with nonnegative coordinates. The paper treats this existence theorem as one of the main inputs to its square-root and rough-volatility examples. Abi Jaber, Larsson and Pulido, §§3, 6.

The theorem is already proved in the source paper. The formalization task is to state and eventually verify that known result in Lean, including the exact memory-kernel condition and the stochastic basis chosen by weak existence. The published Brownian and Itô-integral definitions are reused. A verified solution would leave reusable definitions for Volterra kernels, first-kind resolvents, and weak convolution equations, as well as machine-checked statements for the supporting existence theorems.

Difficulty

For Lipschitz coefficients, the paper obtains a unique strong solution. The goal permits only continuous coefficients of linear growth. Approximating them by better-behaved coefficients does not by itself guarantee that a limit solves the original convolution equation or remains in the nonnegative orthant. The stochastic convolution depends on the full history through K(t−s)K(t-s)K(t−s), and the boundary condition must be propagated through that memory. A direct appeal to an ordinary SDE invariance theorem therefore does not cover the claim. The first-kind resolvent and the monotonicity in (3.4) are central to the stated assumptions. Abi Jaber, Larsson and Pulido, proofs of Theorems 3.4 and 3.6.

Formalization scope

Lean uses EthierKurtz.SDEState d, a Euclidean ddd-vector, for states; real matrices for KKK and σ\sigmaσ; nonnegative real process time; and real arguments for deterministic kernels and interval integrals. Local L2L^2L2 membership is componentwise, which is equivalent to membership under any norm on the finite-dimensional matrix space. The matrix norm in linear growth is the Euclidean operator norm. The big-OOO bounds in (2.5) are taken as hhh tends to zero from the right. Each diagonal kernel has its own exponent and its own positive resolvent measure. A general matrix first-kind resolvent is encoded entrywise as the difference of two measures finite on compact positive-time intervals, so it may have infinite total mass.

The weak-solution predicate existentially quantifies the stochastic basis, Brownian motion and continuous process. Each stochastic convolution has a witness satisfying the published Brownian Itô relation; an unconstrained process cannot witness the equation. Drift terms carry interval integrability, avoiding a default-zero value for a nonintegrable integral. The stochastic basis is complete at time zero and right-continuous. The goal asserts orthant membership at every fixed time almost surely; continuous paths yield an orthant-valued version. The zero-time equation and empty-index cases are included. Contributions that formalize stochastic-convolution continuity, compactness of path laws, first-kind resolvent calculus, or invariance of the orthant are in scope.

Selected references

  • E. Abi Jaber, M. Larsson and S. Pulido, Affine Volterra processes, arXiv:1708.08796v3, 2019. Preprint
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Averaging Dynamics Driven by Fractional Brownian Motion: Young Solutions of dxⁿ = fₙ(t, xⁿ)dB Converge in Probability in C^α to the Solution of dx = f̄(x)dB When |fₙ − f̄|_{−κ,γ} → 0Research Paper

Why oscillating coefficients matter

An equation driven by fractional Brownian motion can respond to a rapidly varying coefficient even when that coefficient has no useful pointwise limit. Hairer and Li study this issue for fractional Brownian motion with Hurst index above one half. Their Section 3 isolates a deterministic averaging statement: if the time antiderivatives of the coefficients approach those of a limiting coefficient in a suitable negative Hölder norm, the solutions approach the limiting solution in probability. This statement supplies a common target for averaging models whose fast variables have very different origins. The authors use it later with mixing fast processes, and also present a quasi-periodic example. The result and its role in the paper are stated in Hairer and Li, Section 3.

The problem sits at the boundary of two familiar views of differential equations. A pathwise Young equation is defined from individual sufficiently regular paths, whereas the available estimates for the oscillating coefficient and the fractional Brownian driver involve probability and conditional expectation. The mission records the precise point where these descriptions meet. It treats the published article, rather than a preprint, and targets its Theorem 3.13.

Driver, coefficients, and solutions

An mmm-dimensional fractional Brownian motion B=(B1,…,Bm)B=(B^1,\ldots,B^m)B=(B1,…,Bm) with index HHH is a centered Gaussian process with independent coordinates and covariance

E[BsiBtj]=1i=j∣s∣2H+∣t∣2H−∣t−s∣2H2.\mathbb E[B_s^iB_t^j]=\mathbf1_{i=j}\frac{|s|^{2H}+|t|^{2H}-|t-s|^{2H}}2.E[Bsi​Btj​]=1i=j​2∣s∣2H+∣t∣2H−∣t−s∣2H​.

The paper works with a two-sided process and 1/2<H<11/2<H<11/2<H<1. It uses a version whose sample paths are locally β\betaβ-Hölder for every β<H\beta<Hβ<H. The mission names that version condition separately, because the covariance law alone does not select particular sample paths. The relevant past sigma algebra at time sss is generated by increments Bu−BvB_u-B_vBu​−Bv​ with u,v≤su,v\le su,v≤s. These conventions come from pp. 1826 and 1831–1832 of the article.

For a path xxx on [0,T][0,T][0,T], write ∣x∣α|x|_\alpha∣x∣α​ for its homogeneous Hölder seminorm and ∣x∣∞|x|_\infty∣x∣∞​ for its supremum norm. The norm on Cα[0,T]C^\alpha[0,T]Cα[0,T] is ∣x∣∞+∣x∣α|x|_\infty+|x|_\alpha∣x∣∞​+∣x∣α​. A Young integral ∫stfr dbr\int_s^t f_r\,db_r∫st​fr​dbr​ is the limit of left-point sums over partitions of [s,t][s,t][s,t] as the largest cell shrinks to zero. A Young solution from x0x_0x0​ is an α\alphaα-Hölder path satisfying its integral equation at every time, with value x0x_0x0​ at time zero. Here BC2BC^2BC2 means bounded, twice continuously differentiable maps with bounded derivatives through order two; Cζ,2C^{\zeta,2}Cζ,2 means ζ\zetaζ-Hölder in time with values in BC2BC^2BC2. These are the paper's conventions on pp. 1829 and 1835–1838.

The negative Hölder bound ∣f∣−κ,γ≤K|f|_{-\kappa,\gamma}\le K∣f∣−κ,γ​≤K means that the time antiderivative of fff has increments bounded by K∣t−s∣1−κK|t-s|^{1-\kappa}K∣t−s∣1−κ, and that the difference of those increments at spatial points x,yx,yx,y is bounded by K∣t−s∣1−κ∣x−y∣γK|t-s|^{1-\kappa}|x-y|^\gammaK∣t−s∣1−κ∣x−y∣γ. Both bounds apply on the time window in question when ∣t−s∣≤1|t-s|\le1∣t−s∣≤1. This is equation (3.12) in the article. It measures cancellation over time; it does not require f(t,x)f(t,x)f(t,x) itself to be small.

Formalization targets

The goal is the dBdBdB part of Theorem 3.13. Let fnf_nfn​ be Cζ,2C^{\zeta,2}Cζ,2, let the limiting fˉ\bar ffˉ​ be autonomous and in BC2BC^2BC2, and suppose ∣fn−fˉ∣−κ,γ→0|f_n-\bar f|_{-\kappa,\gamma}\to0∣fn​−fˉ​∣−κ,γ​→0. The exponents satisfy 1/2<α<H−κ1/2<\alpha<H-\kappa1/2<α<H−κ, H−κ>1/2H-\kappa>1/2H−κ>1/2, H−κ+γα>1H-\kappa+\gamma\alpha>1H−κ+γα>1, and α<ζ≤1\alpha<\zeta\le1α<ζ≤1. For Young solutions with the same starting point,

dxtn=fn(t,xtn) dBt,dxt=fˉ(xt) dBt,dx_t^n=f_n(t,x_t^n)\,dB_t,\qquad dx_t=\bar f(x_t)\,dB_t,dxtn​=fn​(t,xtn​)dBt​,dxt​=fˉ​(xt​)dBt​,

the target is

∀ε>0,P(∥xn−x∥Cα[0,T]>ε)⟶0.\forall\varepsilon>0,\qquad P\bigl(\|x^n-x\|_{C^\alpha[0,T]}>\varepsilon\bigr)\longrightarrow0.∀ε>0,P(∥xn−x∥Cα[0,T]​>ε)⟶0.

The milestone list follows the statements used around this target: the Hölder composition estimate of Lemma 2.1, the RKHS estimate of Lemma 3.3, the fractional Brownian integral estimate of Lemma 3.4, the stochastic sewing lemma of Lemma 3.5, the Young case of (3.18) from Lemmas 3.10 and 3.12, the Kolmogorov inclusions (3.24), and the deterministic stability estimate of Lemma 2.2. Each is a separate formal theorem. The authors' proofs follow their statements in Sections 2 and 3 and the Appendix; Lemma 3.5 is quoted from Lê, Theorem 2.1 without proof in the article.

What the result provides

The target gives convergence of entire solution paths in a Hölder topology, in probability. In the paper, this lets a model-specific estimate of the negative Hölder distance be used to conclude convergence of the corresponding dynamical system. Theorem A is obtained by adding such an estimate for a stationary mixing fast process; the deterministic statement here isolates the part independent of that model. These uses are described in Sections 1 and 3.

The published paper proves the result. This mission asks for machine-checked proofs of the stated Lean theorems. Its reusable work would include a pathwise Young integral over arbitrary partitions, Hölder norms that retain the value +∞+\infty+∞, a two-sided vector fractional Brownian motion interface, and stochastic estimates for time-dependent integrands. The goal and milestones in this proposal are statements with proof placeholders; the local build checks their types, not their proofs.

Main obstruction

Pointwise control of fn−fˉf_n-\bar ffn​−fˉ​ is unavailable: a rapidly oscillating function can be large at most times and still have small time antiderivatives. Applying a pathwise Young stability estimate directly to fn−fˉf_n-\bar ffn​−fˉ​ therefore leaves a coefficient norm that need not tend to zero. The integral estimate must connect cancellation measured by ∣⋅∣−κ,γ|\cdot|_{-\kappa,\gamma}∣⋅∣−κ,γ​ with LpL^pLp bounds on the driven equation. The dependence on the past of the fractional Brownian motion makes this step more delicate than an estimate for a deterministic integrand. The required estimates and their domains appear in Lemmas 3.4–3.12.

Formalization scope

Time is R\mathbb RR for the two-sided driver; coefficient and solution assertions use [0,T][0,T][0,T] with T>0T>0T>0. State spaces are finite-dimensional real Euclidean spaces. The goal takes H∈(1/2,1)H\in(1/2,1)H∈(1/2,1) from the standing setting of Section 3.1, and it assumes the locally Hölder version of BBB described on p. 1826. The solutions are required almost surely to satisfy the Young equation from the same x0x_0x0​. This requirement fixes the processes to the equations; the convergence claim cannot be obtained by choosing arbitrary paths. Probability of the norm event uses the measure of that set, and the conclusion is convergence in probability in the full CαC^\alphaCα norm.

The Lean definitions use [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] for path and process seminorms, so unbounded suprema are not replaced by a default real value. The negative Hölder hypothesis uses real bounds Kn→0K_n\to0Kn​→0 instead of an infimum that could be meaningless on an empty class. The Young integral quantifies over every monotone partition and the mesh limit of its left-point sums. The fBm definition includes Gaussianity, means, and every cross-coordinate covariance; its path version is explicit. Interval integrals in the coefficient bound are applied to time-continuous coefficients in the goal. Lemmas 3.4 and 3.10 use the increment filtration, the case needed for this theorem.

The paper's Lemma 2.2 needs a common initial value for its homogeneous-seminorm estimate; the formal statement includes it and records the printed issue. The paper writes the limiting coefficient with a time argument but uses an autonomous coefficient in (3.23), which the goal adopts. This proposal covers the dBdBdB equation. The final dtdtdt extension in Theorem 3.13 and the conditional-expectation estimate (3.19) remain outside its current items. Contributions that close these gaps, or supply a general conditional Wiener integral matching the article's notation, would extend the development.

Selected references

  • M. Hairer and X.-M. Li, Averaging dynamics driven by fractional Brownian motion, Annals of Probability 48(4), 2020, 1826–1860. DOI.
  • K. Lê, A stochastic sewing lemma and applications, 2018, arXiv:1810.10500, cited as [23] in Hairer and Li. arXiv.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 10 of 13Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me